Teleflex Annual Report 2013

← All annual reports

FY2013 Annual Report · Teleflex

Loading PDF…

2013 ANNUAL REPORT

Making a World of Difference

MAKING A WORLD OF DIFFERENCE

INNOVATING • GROWING • CONNECTING

At Teleflex, our core values revolve around people—from the patients and

clinicians who depend on us, to our employees and shareholders whose

hard work and investments make our business possible, to our suppliers and

distributors who help drive our progress. Our deep commitment to people is

reflected in our goal of not just developing products, but developing products

that make a difference. We achieve this by focusing on technologies that can

improve clinical outcomes and help make healthcare more affordable.

Our products include a broad range of specialty medical devices that assist

clinicians at virtually every point in critical care and surgery. We also operate

an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) group, which provides device

manufacturers with specialty products, orthopedic devices and instruments.

Headquartered in Wayne, Pennsylvania, we operate in more than 150

countries and employ approximately 11,400 people worldwide.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1
7
2
,
6
9
6
,
1
$

9
0
0
,
1
5
5
,
1
$

8
2
5
,
2
9
4
,
1
$

5
4
0
,
5
6
$

8
7
2
,
6
5
$

2
1
7
,
8
4
$

3
0
.
5
$

3
8
.
3
$

3
4
.
4
$

1
7
8
,
9
2
2
$

3
5
8
,
3
9
1
$

7
5
3
,
4
9
$

NET REVENUES

RESEARCH AND
DEVELOPMENT
EXPENSE

ADJUSTED EARNINGS
PER SHARE1

NET CASH PROVIDED BY
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
FROM CONTINUING
OPERATIONS

$1,696,271
2013

$1,551,009
2012

9.4%
Variance

$65,045
2013

$56,278
2012

15.6%
Variance

$5.03
2013

$4.43
2012

13.5%
Variance

$229,871
2013

$193,853
2012

18.6%
Variance

1 A table reconciling adjusted earnings per share to the most directly comparable GAAP measures can be found on the final page of this

Annual Report. Tables reconciling our 2013 constant currency revenue growth and our adjusted gross and operating margin growth, which
are discussed on pages two and five of this Annual Report, can be found on the next to last page of this Annual Report.

TELEFLEX TODAY
Diversified and well positioned across clinical areas, healthcare markets and geographic regions

70%

53%

12%

18%

84%

35%

Critical Care
Surgical Care
Cardiac Care
OEM & Development Services

Hospitals/Healthcare Providers
Medical Device Manufacturers
Home Care

Americas
Europe, Middle East & Africa (“EMEA”)
Asia

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

For Teleflex, 2013 was a year of significant
progress during which we continued to meet
our primary business objectives: To grow
revenue faster than the markets we serve,
to expand our adjusted gross and operating
margins, and to make investments that
position our company for the future.

• We implemented organizational changes that
helped drive profitability and set the stage for
continued growth.

• We continued the integration of LMA

International, which we acquired in 2012, and
made three additional acquisitions that
strengthened our product portfolio, added new
technologies and expanded our growth
prospects.

• We introduced 27 new products and line

extensions, which contributed to our revenue
growth.

• We expanded our relationships with healthcare
purchasing groups around the world, forging
25 new agreements and renewing 12
established ones.

Collectively, these efforts enabled us to deliver
strong financial results for the year, including
constant currency revenue growth of nine
percent. Our 2013 efforts also helped make
Teleflex a stronger, more competitive company
that is well positioned for a healthy future.

DRIVING IMPROVEMENTS

We are committed to developing an efficient and
cost-effective organizational structure that
provides the framework for our continued

growth. In 2013, we continued to rationalize our
facilities, completing the consolidation of two of
our European distribution centers into a single
location, and combining the operations of four of
our North American distribution centers into a
new, 620,000-square-foot facility. Our North
American distribution center is now our largest
facility, and we expect it to generate meaningful
operating savings in 2014.

We also rolled out the first phase of a new global
technology platform that will help to standardize
operational processes, data and reporting across
our organization. As we continue to implement
this platform throughout Teleflex, our team will
gain more timely access to a range of pertinent
information, improving our efficiency and
enabling us to make forward-thinking growth
decisions.

Our employees worked tirelessly to complete
these organizational initiatives on time and on
budget, once again demonstrating that our
people are our greatest asset. As we grow, we are
sharply focused on maintaining both the high-
caliber team and the unique corporate culture
that underpin our success. In 2013, we invested
in this effort by expanding our leadership team
and providing professional development
programs across our company.

worldwide increase in overall healthcare
utilization, which is being fueled by an aging
population in most industrialized countries and a
rising middle class in developing economies. The
second driving force is the economic consequence
of the first. Specifically, the question of how
societies will be able to pay for their increased
utilization is spurring demand for more affordable
healthcare procedures, devices and technologies.

Teleflex is well positioned to address these
demands and to capitalize on the forces propelling
the growth of our markets. We have a diversified
product portfolio that is capable of generating
above-market growth rates. We have a targeted
R&D competency and an efficient distribution
network. And, we have a clear strategy, backed by
an energized team and a dedicated employee
base.

In 2014, we will deploy these advantages to
continue our progress. We will drive revenues by
releasing new products, integrating Vidacare into
our business, improving pricing, and investing in
emerging markets. We will diligently pursue our
margin growth strategy, targeting a range of
opportunities, including measures to improve our
operating leverage. And we will continue to
prepare for the future, funding our R&D engine
and seeking acquisition opportunities that can
enrich our technology platform and strengthen our
existing businesses.

As we pursue these initiatives, we thank you – our
valued shareholders – for your continued interest
in Teleflex and your ongoing support of our
strategies.

BENSON F. SMITH
Chairman, President and CEO

We also developed a new set of Core Values
through a “grass-roots” employee outreach
initiative. Our Core Values put people at the
center of all we do, while emphasizing our
entrepreneurial spirit, our commitment to
building trust and our focus on maintaining an
enjoyable work environment. As Teleflex
continues to expand and evolve, we plan to
cultivate and reinforce these values across our
organization. We firmly believe that this effort
will enable us to develop a strong corporate
identity that engages our workforce and
differentiates us in the global healthcare market.

BUILDING OUR STRENGTHS

We have a strong track record for making
strategic acquisitions that bring us innovative
technologies and enhanced capabilities. In 2013,
we continued this mission, acquiring Ultimate
Medical, a supplier of airway management
devices, and Eon Surgical, a late-stage developer
of a minimally invasive microlaparoscopy surgical
platform technology. Both of these companies
have unique technologies that fit well with our
existing businesses.

Our most important acquisition of the year was
Vidacare, the world’s leading provider of
intraosseous (IO), or inside-the-bone, access
devices for diagnostic monitoring and therapeutic
use. By acquiring Vidacare, we added a defining
technology to our vascular access product
portfolio while positioning Teleflex in the IO
market segment. Moreover, Vidacare’s portfolio
includes several high-margin patented products
that generate a steady revenue stream, making
this acquisition immediately accretive to our
earnings.

MOVING AHEAD

The global healthcare market is affected by many
variables. Within a given geographic region,
healthcare utilization rates can be influenced by
economic strength, political or civil unrest, military
actions, and changes in insurance or regulatory
policies. However, the impact of these shifts tends
to be short lived. Over the long term, the
healthcare market is being driven by two primary
forces, which are often in conflict with each other.
The first and most significant of these is a

INNOVATING

Solutions for a healthy future

You’ve said that innovation drives your business.
Can you discuss some of the products and technologies

you plan to introduce in the future?

For Teleflex, innovation is our constant guiding principle. During 2013 alone, we
released 27 new products and line extensions, representing advances across our
business. Over the next several years, we will introduce a series of pre-activated

intermittent catheters for men and women, a line of customized surgical clips tailored for
use in China, and several new laryngeal mask airway products. We also plan to leverage our
recently acquired technologies to create innovative products and solutions. For example, we
expect to introduce a range of laryngeal masks that incorporate the Cuff PilotTM Technology
we acquired through our purchase of Ultimate Medical in 2013. We also plan to launch our
Rusch® EZ-BlockerTM Endobronchial Blocker in Asia, introducing this advanced one-lung
ventilation product to a new market sector. Finally, we intend to use the state-of-the-art
technology platform we acquired through our 2013 purchase of EON Surgical to capitalize
on the significant market opportunity for minimally invasive microlaparoscopic procedures.
As for the long-term, we intend to continue to make building our R&D capability a priority,
developing or acquiring new technologies that allow us to fill unmet needs
within our markets.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

Rusch® EZ-Blocker™ Endobronchial Blocker

The Rusch® EZ-Blocker™ Endobronchial
Blocker offers an intuitive, secure solution
for clinicians to achieve one-lung ventilation
while reducing the risk of intraoperative
malpositioning. Designed by anesthesiologists
who wanted a better way to treat their patients,
the Rusch® EZ-Blocker™ Endobronchial
Blocker features a unique bifurcated distal end
that allows for the intuitive placement of the
cuffs in the right and left bronchi. Once the
Rusch® EZ-Blocker™ Endobronchial Blocker
is advanced through the distal end of a single-
lumen endotracheal tube, the bifurcated cuffs
separate and are naturally directed into the left
and right main stem bronchi.

QYou’ve set an adjusted gross
margin target of 55 percent.
How do you plan to reach this goal?

We’ve improved our adjusted gross margins from
44.4 percent in 2010 to 49.6 percent at the close
of 2013. We’ve achieved our growth to date
through a multi-faceted effort that has included making
select price increases, launching high-margin products,
expanding our customer base, and completing strategic
acquisitions, such as that of LMA in 2012 and Vidacare in
2013. At the same time, we’ve also improved our operating leverage by divesting low-margin
businesses, eliminating unprofitable product lines, trimming materials costs, and consolidating
our distribution centers and manufacturing operations. We’re committed to continuing to expand
our operating margins and confident that this effort will enable us to reach our longer term
targets. Moreover, in today’s uncertain healthcare environment, it’s important to note that many
of our margin growth activities for 2014 are not tied to revenue growth. Instead, we expect much
of our near-term margin improvement to come from the acquisition of Vidacare, as well as our
strategies to convert select distributorships to direct sales models, increase our penetration of
existing high-margin products and rationalize our facilities.

EZ-IO® Intraosseous Infusion System

Developed by Vidacare, which we acquired in 2013,
the EZ-IO® Intraosseous Infusion System provides
medical professionals with immediate vascular
access to the central circulation within seconds,
enabling the rapid delivery of vital medications,
intravenous fluids and blood products to adult
and pediatric patients. Using a specially designed
intraosseous (IO) cutting needle and a small power
driver, the EZ-IO® Device enables smooth entry
into the bone’s medullary cavity, giving clinicians
complete control without requiring the use of force.
The EZ-IO® Device is marketed in 50 countries, and
it is the leading choice for IO access across multiple
healthcare settings in the U.S., including advanced
life support ambulances, emergency departments
and the military.

QGROWING

Capitalizing on opportunities

Can you discuss your strategy for
capitalizing on opportunities in
international markets?

Teleflex International, which includes Europe,
the Middle East, Africa and Asia, is
fundamental to our business, representing

approximately $765 million, or 47.0 percent, of Teleflex’s
2013 revenues. This business is experiencing substantial
growth, and we’re committed to capitalizing on this trend. We’re achieving this by
increasing our penetration in established high-margin product areas and raising our prices
opportunistically. We are also making investments in our people, technologies, supply chain
and, of course, R&D, focusing on developing innovative products that can provide healthcare
professionals with both a distinct clinical advantage and a compelling value proposition.
True to Teleflex’s approach of serving the precise needs of each market, these investments
are taking different forms in different regions. You’ll see this in 2014 as we invest in sales
and marketing in China and Latin America, convert select distributorships across Asia
Pacific to a direct sales model, and launch enhanced clinical training programs in China,
Thailand, Myanmar, Malaysia and the Philippines.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

ARROW® JACC (Jugular Axillo-subclavian Central Catheter)
with Chlorag+ard® Technology

The ARROW® JACC is the first and only long-term antimicrobial and antithrombogenic
central venous catheter (CVC). Indicated for short- to long-term use, this
breakthrough CVC can stay with the patient for the entire length of therapy,
from the Intensive Care Unit (ICU) through to outpatient care.

ARROW® VPS G4™
Vascular Positioning System

Drawing on a unique combination of advanced technologies, the ARROW®
VPS G4™ Vascular Positioning System enables clinicians to accurately and
precisely place a peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC) or central
venous catheter (CVC) in the optimal location in the lower third of the
superior vena cava and cavo-atrial junction. As a result, this innovative
technology can help minimize the risk of several potential complications,
including thrombosis, arterial puncture and vessel wall damage.

QWhat qualities set Teleflex apart from other
companies in the medical device space?

There are a number of advantages that differentiate us, several of which are key
to our long-term success. These include our diversified product portfolio, as well
as our R&D capability, which allows us to add meaningful products every year.
Another important advantage is our size, which helps us strike the right balance between
being global and being personal. Specifically, we have the scale required to maintain a
worldwide sales and distribution capability and to conduct a meaningful volume of business
with the hospitals we serve, enabling us to interest even the largest healthcare purchasing
groups. Yet we remain small enough to maintain a relatively flat corporate structure that
allows our employees to easily see the impact they have on our results. The result is an
exciting, performance-driven work environment. But the factor that truly sets us apart is our
genuine commitment to delivering products that help improve the health and quality of
people’s lives around the world. This is our core purpose at Teleflex, and it drives us to
develop a unique business within each healthcare segment and geographic region we serve.
Maintaining this level of personalization is a complex task for a company that conducts
business in 150 countries, but it’s one that is embraced by everyone at Teleflex, from our
senior management team to our worldwide employee base.

Cuff Pilot™ Pressure Indicator Device

Developed by Ultimate Medical, which we acquired
in 2013, Cuff Pilot™ is the world’s first integrated cuff
pressure indicator for single-use airway management
devices. This novel technology is a single-use device
that provides constant inside-the-cuff pressure
indication, allowing for at-a-glance clinical
assessments. The Cuff Pilot™ technology is currently
used with Ultimate Medical’s portfolio of laryngeal
masks and has potential application for use
with Teleflex’s market-leading brand of LMA™
laryngeal masks.

QCONNECTING

Reaching patients worldwide

What challenges do you see in the future,
and how do you plan to address them?

The healthcare market is constantly evolving, and as
a consequence, there is always a level of complexity
associated with one or more market segments or

geographic regions. A prime example of this is the U.S. market,
which is undergoing significant change as a result of current
healthcare reform initiatives. While Teleflex is not immune to the impact of these shifts, we are
somewhat insulated because our business is so diverse, both from a product standpoint and a
geographic perspective. We offer a broad menu of products across multiple healthcare
segments around the world. As a result, a usage decline in any one area is generally offset by
steady business in other areas—a balance that has enabled us to generate above-market
constant currency revenue growth rates for the past few years, despite facing pressures in
some of our markets. In addition, since our products are designed to improve patient outcomes
and lower costs for healthcare providers, they remain compelling even in today’s cost-sensitive
hospital environment. Finally, global demographics are fueling a growing need for our
products. The world’s population is aging, with an estimated 10,000 people turning 65 each
day just within the United States. This trend is a constant that can’t be changed by isolated
market pressures, and it translates to a promising long-term outlook for our product portfolio.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

ISO-Gard® Mask with ClearAir™ Technology

The ISO-Gard® Mask with ClearAir™ Technology exemplifies
our commitment to delivering healthy outcomes. This
breakthrough respiratory device is designed to improve
safety for managers and nurses in the Post-Anesthesia
Care Unit (PACU) by reducing the hazardous waste
anesthetic gas (WAG) exhaled by post-op patients.
The ISO-Gard® Mask with ClearAir™ Technology uses
an innovative combination of oxygen delivery and
scavenging technology to allow for comfortable therapy
while reducing WAG exposure. Developed by Teleflex
in partnership with clinicians, the ISO-Gard® Mask with
ClearAir™ Technology is currently the only solution
available for WAG “source control.”

QFORM
10K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2013

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 or



TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to .
Commission file number 1-5353

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

23-1147939
(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

155 South Limerick Road, Limerick,
Pennsylvania
(Address of principal executive offices)

19468
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (610) 948-5100
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $1 per share

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting

company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  No 

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant (30,123,650 shares) on June 30, 2013
(the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed fiscal second quarter) was $2,334,281,638 (1) . The aggregate market value was
computed by reference to the closing price of the Common Stock on such date.

The registrant had 41,216,674 Common Shares outstanding as of February 14, 2014.

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Certain provisions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within

120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

(1) For the purposes of this definition only, the registrant has defined “affiliate” as including executive officers and directors of the registrant and
owners of more than five percent of the common stock of the registrant, without conceding that all such persons are “affiliates” for purposes of the
federal securities laws.

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART I
4
Item 1: BUSINESS .................................................................................................................................................................
Item 1A: RISK FACTORS ........................................................................................................................................................ 15
Item 1B: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 28
Item 2: PROPERTIES ............................................................................................................................................................ 29
Item 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ............................................................................................................................................ 30
Item 4: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ................................................................................................................................ 30

PART II

Item 5:

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ............................................................................................................. 31
Item 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA .................................................................................................................................. 33
Item 7:

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATIONS ....................................................................................................................................................... 34
Item 7A: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ...................................................... 58
Item 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ................................................................................... 58
Item 9:

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL

DISCLOSURE ....................................................................................................................................................... 59
Item 9A: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................................ 59
Item 9B: OTHER INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................................ 59

PART III

Item 10: DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ......................................................... 60
Item 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ................................................................................................................................ 60
Item 12:

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ................................................................................................................................. 60
Item 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ................... 60
Item 14: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES ................................................................................................. 60

PART IV

Item 15: EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ................................................................................................ 61
SIGNATURES .......................................................................................................................................................................... 62

Subsidiaries of the Company

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(b) UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(b) UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT

Information Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

All statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking
statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “will,” “would,” “should,”
“guidance,” “potential,” “continue,” “project,” “forecast,” “confident,” “prospects” and similar expressions typically are used
to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on the then-current expectations, beliefs,
assumptions, estimates and forecasts about our business and the industry and markets in which we operate. These
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are
difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or implied by these
forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including:

•

changes in business relationships with and purchases by or from major customers or suppliers, including delays or
cancellations in shipments;

demand for and market acceptance of new and existing products;

our ability to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, realize planned synergies and operate such
businesses profitably in accordance with expectations;

our ability to effectively execute our restructuring programs;

the impact of recently passed healthcare reform legislation and changes in Medicare, Medicaid and third-party
coverage and reimbursements;

competitive market conditions and resulting effects on revenues and pricing;

increases in raw material costs that cannot be recovered in product pricing;

global economic factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates and sovereign debt issues;

difficulties entering new markets; and

general economic conditions.

For a further discussion of the risks relating to our business, see Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form
10-K. We expressly disclaim any obligation to update these forward-looking statements, except as otherwise specifically
stated by us or as required by law or regulation.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Teleflex Incorporated is referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” “Teleflex” and the “Company.”

PART I

THE COMPANY

Teleflex is a global provider of medical technology products that enhance clinical benefits, improve patient and
provider safety and reduce total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and supply single-use
medical devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in critical
care and surgical applications. We market and sell our products to hospitals and healthcare providers in more than 150
countries through a combination of our direct sales force and distributors. Because our products are used in numerous
markets and for a variety of procedures, we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure. We manufacture
our products at 27 manufacturing sites, with major manufacturing operations located in the Czech Republic, Germany,
Malaysia, Mexico and the United States.

We are focused on achieving consistent, sustainable and profitable growth by increasing our market share and

improving our operating efficiencies through:

•

the development of new products and product line extensions;

the investment in new technologies and broadening their applications;

the expansion of the use of our products in existing markets, as well as the introduction of our products into new
geographic markets;

achieving economies of scale as we continue to expand, by leveraging our direct sales force and distribution network
with new products, and increasing efficiencies in our manufacturing and distribution facilities; and

the broadening of our product portfolio through select acquisitions, licensing arrangements and partnerships that
enhance, extend or expedite our development initiatives or our ability to increase our market share.

Our research and development capabilities, commitment to engineering excellence and focus on low-cost
manufacturing enable us to consistently bring cost effective, innovative products to market that improve the safety,
efficacy and quality of healthcare. Our research and development initiatives focus on developing new, innovative products
for existing and new therapeutic applications as well as enhancements to, and line extensions of, existing products. We
introduced 27 new products and line extensions during 2013. Our portfolio of existing products and pipeline of potential
new products consist primarily of Class I and Class II devices, which require 510(k) clearance by the United States Food
and Drug Administration, or FDA, for sale in the United States. We believe that 510(k) clearance reduces our research
and development costs and risks, and typically results in a shorter timetable for new product introductions as compared to
the premarket approval, or PMA, process that would be required for Class III devices.

We also continue to broaden our product portfolio with select acquisitions. During 2013, we acquired:

• Vidacare Corporation, a provider of intraosseous, or inside the bone, access devices, which complements our

vascular access and specialty product portfolios in our critical care product group;

•

the assets of Ultimate Medical Pty. Ltd. and its affiliates, a supplier of airway management devices with a variety of
laryngeal mask airways and other related products, which complement the anesthesia product portfolio in our critical
care product group; and

• Eon Surgical, Ltd., a developer of a minimally invasive microlaparoscopy surgical platform technology designed to
enhance surgeons’ ability to perform scarless surgery while producing better patient outcomes, which complements
the product portfolio in our surgical care product group.

Similarly, in 2012, we broadened our product portfolio through the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of LMA
International N.V. (LMA), a global provider of laryngeal masks whose products are used in anesthesia and emergency
care. This acquisition enhanced our anesthesia product portfolio. In addition, consistent with our strategy to invest in new
technologies and research and development to support our future growth, we completed four late-stage technology
acquisitions during 2012.

See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of

the acquisitions.

OUR

R PRODUCTS

W
We categorize
M and Develo
OEM
entage of our
perce

e our broad-b
opment Serv
r total consolid

based platform
ices (“OEM”)
dated net reve

m of products
). The follow
enues for the

s into four gro
wing charts s
e years ended

oups: Critical
set forth our
d December 3

Care, Surgic
net revenue
31, 2013, 201

cal Care, Card
es by produc
2 and 2011.

diac Care and
d
a
ct group as a

2013

18%

2012

2011

19%

70%

67%

Critical Care

Surgical Care

Cardiac Care

OEM

The following
T

table sets for

rth our net rev

venues for 20

013, 2012 and

d 2011 by pro

oduct group.

Critical
Surgica
Cardia
OEM a
Tota

l Care ..........
al Care .........
c Care..........
and Developm
al net revenue

.....................
.....................
.....................
ment Services
es .................

.....................
.....................
.....................
s ....................
.....................

......................
......................
......................
......................
......................

....... $ 1,18
30
.......
7
.......
.......
13
....... $ 1,69

(Dollars in m
2.7 $ 1,040
291
6.5
79
5.9
1.2
140
6.3 $ 1,551

millions)
0.3 $ 1,005.
276.
80.
129.
.0 $ 1,492.

.1
9.4
0.2

.4
.9
.6
.6
.5

2013

2012

2011

W
We generally
. These mar
erns. The follo
derived from

serve three e
kets are influ
owing charts s
m each of our

hospitals an
end-markets:
uenced by a
number of
set forth the p
percentage of
.
end markets.

care.
patte
2011

d healthcare
factors, inclu
f net revenue

providers, m
uding demog
s for the year

medical device
raphics, utiliz
rs ended Dec

e manufacture
zation and re
cember 31, 20

ers and home
e
eimbursemen
nt
d
013, 2012 and

2013

2012

10%

2011

84%

83%

Hospitals / Healthcare Providers

Medical Device Manufacturers

Home Care

T
The following
by major geo
2011

charts set fo
ographic regio

orth the perce
on, based on

ntage of our
the Teleflex

net revenues
facility genera

s for the years
s ended Dec
e.
ating the sale

ember 31, 20

d
013, 2012 and

2013

12%

2012

11%

2011

35%

53%

35%

54%

37%

55%

Americas

Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”)

Asia

Critical Care

We are a leading provider of specialty products for critical care, which is predominantly comprised of single-use
products. Our critical care products are used in a wide range of procedures for vascular access, anesthesia and airway
management, respiratory therapy, treatment of urologic conditions and other specialty procedures. The large majority of
our critical care products are sold to the hospitals and healthcare providers, with a smaller percentage sold to alternate
sites, such as home care, emergency medical services (EMS), long term care centers, primary care centers, hospice and
animal health facilities. Our critical care product group is our largest product group, representing 70 percent of net
revenues in 2013.

Vascular Access

Our vascular access products, which accounted for 33 percent of our Critical Care net revenues in 2013, facilitate a
variety of critical care therapies, including the administration of intravenous medications and other therapies and the
measurement of blood pressure and taking of blood samples through a single puncture site.

Our vascular access catheters and related devices consist principally of the following:

• ARROW® central venous catheters, or CVCs, are inserted in the neck or shoulder area, come in multiple lengths and
up to four channels, or lumens. The ARROW CVC has a pressure injectable option which gives clinicians who
perform contrast-enhanced CT scans the ability to use an indwelling pressure injectable ARROW CVC to inject
contrast dye for their scan without having to insert a second catheter.

• ARROW arterial catheterization sets facilitate arterial pressure monitoring and blood withdrawal for glucose, blood-

gas and electrolyte measurement in a wide variety of critical care and intensive care settings.

• ARROW peripherally inserted central catheters, or PICCs, are soft, flexible catheters that are inserted in the upper
arm and advanced into the superior vena cava to administer various types of intravenous medications and therapies.
ARROW PICCs have a pressure injectable option that can withstand the higher pressures required by the injection of
contrast media for CT scans.

• ARROW percutaneous sheath introducers are used to insert cardiovascular and other catheterization devices into the

vascular system during critical care procedures.

• ARROW jugular axillo-subclavian central catheters, or JACC, with Chlorag+ard® technology provide an alternative to
traditional acute CVCs and peripheral central venous access. Introduced in 2013, this CVC for acute or long-term use
combines antimicrobial and antithrombogenic protection with smaller french sizes to meet the unique challenges
posed by patients today. This product is ideal for patients with renal issues, chronic patients with poor peripheral
access or those with a history of or risk for venous thrombosis.

• The ARROW VPS, is an advanced vascular positioning system that facilitates precise placement of a PICC or CVC
within the heart. The ARROW VPS analyzes multiple metrics, in real time, from its biosensor to help clinicians
navigate through the vasculature and precisely identify the correct catheter tip placement in the heart. Approved by
the FDA as an alternative to chest x-ray confirmation, the ARROW VPS helps to shorten hospital stays while lowering
costs associated with catheter insertion procedures. In 2013, we launched the next generation of our ARROW VPS,
the ARROW VPS G4TM, which provides further enhancements to our VPS technology, such as statement of final
catheter position, improved sterile field capability and integration with hospital data management systems.

• The Vidacare EZ-IO® system, added to our vascular product portfolio through our acquisition of Vidacare Corporation
in December 2013, provides immediate vascular access for the delivery of medications and fluids via the intraosseous
route, or in the bone, when traditional vascular access is difficult or impossible. In emergency situations, EZ IO
enables fast access to deliver lifesaving therapies to help stabilize a patient until a traditional catheter can be inserted.

The large majority of our CVCs are treated with the ARROWg+ard or ARROWg+ard Blue Plus antimicrobial surface
treatments to reduce the risk of catheter related bloodstream infection. ARROWg+ard Blue Plus provides antimicrobial
treatment of the interior lumens and hubs of each catheter. The Chlorag+ard technology, an option on our PICC
catheters, provides both antimicrobial and anti thrombogenic protection for up to 30 days. These surface treatments help
reduce healthcare acquired conditions, such as Catheter Related Blood Stream Infection (CRBSI), potentially saving the
hospitals significant cost under the new pay for performance standards.

We also offer many of our vascular access catheters in a Maximal Barrier Precautions Tray. The tray is available for
CVCs, PICCs and multi access catheters (MAC) and includes a full body drape, coated or non-coated catheter and other
accessories. These kits are designed to assist healthcare providers in complying with guidelines for reducing catheter-
related bloodstream infections that have been established by a variety of health regulatory agencies, such as the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention and the Joint Commission on the Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. Our
newer ErgoPACK system provides components which are packaged in the tray in the order in which they will be needed
during the procedure and incorporates features intended to enhance ease of use and patient and provider safety.

We believe that our vascular product portfolio offers the opportunity to reduce injuries to the healthcare provider,
expedite placement of a central venous catheter, reduce patient exposure to x-rays, expedite infusion of medication and
reduce the risk of catheter related infection and thrombosis for the patient. Moreover, we believe our products can help
hospitals achieve reduced costs, improved quality and patient outcomes and increased patient satisfaction.

Anesthesia

Our anesthesia products, described below, include airway and pain management products and accounted for

31 percent of our Critical Care product net revenues in 2013.

Airway Management

Our airway management products, marketed under the LMA® and Rusch® brands, are designed to help eliminate
airway related complications and improve procedural efficiencies for patients in surgical, critical care and emergency
settings.

The LMA laryngeal mask products are used in anesthesia and emergency care. The Rusch brand of products
includes reusable and disposable laryngoscope blades and handles, endotracheal tubes, endobronchial tubes, oral and
nasal airways, endobronchial blockers, and other accessories.

As a result of our acquisition of the Ultimate Medical business in 2013, we now offer Ultimate Medical's broad range of
laryngeal mask airways, including the Cuff Pilot™, an integrated cuff pressure indicator for single-use airway management
devices. The Cuff Pilot is a single-use device that provides constant inside-the-cuff pressure indication, enabling at-a-
glance clinical assessments. The Cuff Pilot technology is currently used with our Ultimate Medical portfolio of laryngeal
masks and has potential application for use with LMATM laryngeal masks and Rusch endotracheal and tracheostomy
tubes.

In 2013, we introduced the Rusch TruLite™ Laryngoscope System, a disposable laryngoscope blade and handle
system for single-patient use. Rusch single use laryngoscope eliminates the potential risk of patient cross-contamination
and the cost of maintaining reusable laryngoscopes.

In 2012, we acquired the EZ-Blocker Endobronchial Blocker, which is designed to provide an improved alternative to
double lumen endobronchial tubes and single balloon bronchial blockers to achieve lung isolation. The EZ-Blocker
Endobronchial Blocker's Y-shaped distal end enables effective placement of the balloons in the right or left bronchus
when performing thoracic surgical procedures, while also enabling secure placement at the carina. This placement
minimizes the need to manipulate the catheter after placement, reducing the potential of cuffs becoming dislodged.

Pain Management

Our portfolio of pain management products are marketed under the Arrow brand and are designed to provide pain
relief during a broad range of surgical and obstetric procedures, thereby helping clinicians better manage each patient’s
individual pain while reducing complications and associated costs. Our pain management products include epidural
catheters and trays, spinal needles and trays and peripheral nerve block needles, catheters, trays and ambulatory pain
pumps.

In 2013, we expanded our pain management portfolio by adding the Arrow AutoFuser® disposable pain pump. The
AutoFuser pump is designed to provide an accurate and flexible method to deliver analgesic medication for continuous
peripheral nerve block or site-specific applications, helping physicians to take control of patients' post-operative pain to
promote faster recovery and reduce overall length of stay. AutoFuser pain pumps are available in three different sizes with
a selection of fixed or variable basal infusion rates, allowing physicians to customize their patients' pain protocol. The
parallel bolus feature enables patients to administer a controlled amount of additional anesthetic to the target site without
interrupting the continuous infusion of medication, providing an effective method to manage pain, which is a common
post-operative challenge.

This AutoFuser pain pump can be used in conjunction with the recently introduced Arrow FlexBlock™ continuous
peripheral nerve block catheter. The FlexBlock catheter features an echogenic, coil-reinforced design that offers a
combination of ultrasound visibility, flexibility and excellent kink resistance.

We offer a variety of single shot nerve block needles, including the ARROW UltraQuik™, StimuQuik® and StimuQuik
ECHO, providing solutions to clinicians performing peripheral nerve blocks, whether they use ultrasound only, nerve
stimulation only, or a combined approach. We commenced sales of Arrow UltraQuik peripheral nerve block needles in
2013. These echogenic needles are designed to help increase overall block success for clinicians who use ultrasound-
guidance when performing single-injection peripheral nerve blocks. UltraQuik needles maintain many of the same features
as the Arrow StimuQuik ECHO needles, including five grooved rings at the distal tip of the needle to help clinicians identify
the needle tip under ultrasound.

Respiratory Care

Our respiratory care products accounted for 15 percent of our Critical Care product net revenues in 2013. Our Hudson
RCI brand has been a leader in respiratory care for more than 65 years, providing innovative products designed to help
clinicians improve patient outcomes while reducing costs. Our respiratory products are used in a variety of care settings
and include oxygen therapy products, including oxygen masks, cannulas, humidifiers and tubing; aerosol therapy
products, including small and large volume nebulizers, peak flow meters and aerosol chambers; spirometry products,
including incentive breathing exercisers; and ventilation management products, including ventilator circuits, humidification
devices and bacteria/virus filters.

In 2013, for the second consecutive year, we were among the six companies to receive the Zenith Award awarded by
the American Association for Respiratory Care (AARC) in recognition of the quality products, programs and support
provided to the respiratory community.

In 2013 we received FDA 510(k) clearance for our ISO-Gard® Mask with ClearAir™ Technology, a new product that
helps to reduce clinician exposure to hazardous waste anesthetic gases (WAG), which are commonly used in surgical
procedures globally. When patients are recovering in the post anesthesia care unit (PACU) of a hospital, they typically
exhale these gases into the nurses’ breathing zone and work environment. The Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) has noted of several potential adverse health effects from WAG exposure, including nausea,
dizziness, headaches and fatigue.

The ISO-Gard Mask is designed to reduce WAG within a nurse’s breathing zone to minimize the cumulative effect of
low-level exposure to these hazardous gases in the PACU. The multi-purpose mask collects and removes, or scavenges,
WAG while simultaneously delivering oxygen to the patient. The patent-pending ClearAir technology creates a
unidirectional flow of oxygen through the nasal/oral area of the patient for inhalation, while negative pressure or suction is
applied to the port in the lower portion of the mask to scavenge the patient’s exhalation. By providing a means to reduce
the amount of WAG within the breathing zone of the caregiver, hospitals can better comply with OSHA and the National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health’s recommendations for workplace safety.

Specialty

Our specialty products accounted for 21 percent of our Critical Care product net revenues in 2013. Specialty products
include interventional access products as well as products provided to specialty market customers. Interventional access
products focus on dialysis, oncology and critical care at hospitals. Products sold to specialty market customers, including
home care, pre-hospital and other alternative channels of care, focus on urology, respiratory and anesthesia products.

Our specialty product line of urology products provides bladder management for patients in the hospital and
individuals in the home care markets. The product portfolio consists principally of a wide range of catheters (including
Foley, intermittent, external and suprapubic), urine collectors, catheterization accessories and products for operative
endourology marketed under the Rusch brand name.

The Gibeck® TRACH-VENT® HME family of products are designed to provide humidification for spontaneously
breathing tracheostomized patients. In November 2012, we introduced the Gibeck TRACH VENT T with 5mm Collar. This
HME (Heat and Moisture Exchanger) provides optimal moisture via Gibeck Microwell paper while accommodating all
patient sizes.

Over the past few years, we have continued to expand our specialty product offerings to include a wider range of
intermittent catheters, catheter insertion kits and accessories used mainly for people with spinal cord injury, spina bifida,
and multiple sclerosis. Many of these products are designed to support user safety and infection prevention efforts. For
example, an intermittent catheter with hydrophilic coating, an ergothan tip, protective sleeve and sterile saline solution is
marketed in our EMEA region. In the United States, we recently expanded our hydrophilic coated intermittent catheter line
to include female lengths, coudés for difficult catheterizations, as well as complete sterile insertion kits for both standard
(male) and female lengths. The uncoated intermittent catheter line in the United States was also expanded recently to
include a full range of female length catheters and a complete offering of sterile insertion kits for the standard (male),
coudé, and female styles.

Sales of our specialty intermittent catheters in the United States have benefited from a change in reimbursement
policy. Home care markets are subject to local and regional reimbursement regulations that can impact volumes and
pricing. In the United States, reimbursement regulations were implemented in 2008 that permit reimbursement for up to
200 catheters per month, replacing the previous limit of four catheters per month. The change promoted a shift from re-
useable catheters, with their inherent risk of infections, to single-use intermittent catheters.

Our interventional access products are used in a wide range of applications, including dialysis, oncology and critical
care. Dialysis products include the ARROW branded long term hemodialysis catheters, antimicrobial acute hemodialysis
catheters and the ARROW-Trerotola™ Percutaneous Thrombectomy Device. Our long term hemodialysis catheter
portfolio offers both antegrade and retrograde insertion options for both split and step tip configurations. The most recent
addition of the NextStep® Retrograde Femoral Length catheter completed the product portfolio in June 2013 after FDA
510(k) clearance. The ARROW acute hemodialysis catheters are available with ARROWg+ard antimicrobial technology
which reduces the risk catheter related bacteremia.

In addition, our recent acquisition of Vidacare expanded our specialty products portfolio by adding the Vidacare EZ-IO
Intraosseous Vascular Access, OnControl® Bone Marrow and OnControl Bone Access systems to the products we offer
to our interventional access and specialty markets customers. As previously described, the Vidacare EZ-IO Intraosseous
Vascular Access system provides immediate vascular access via the intraosseous route, enabling emergency care
providers to quickly administer critical medications and fluids, particularly when traditional vascular access is difficult or
impossible. Vidacare’s OnControl Bone Marrow System enables rapid and safe access for hematology and oncology
diagnostic practices. The Vidacare OnControl Bone Access System provides rapid and safe access for surgical bone
applications, such as vertebroplasty and the biopsy of the vertebral body and bone lesions.

The ARROW Polysite® Low Profile Hybrid Port received FDA 510(k) clearance in December 2013. Available with or
without pressure injection capability, the hybrid design combines a lightweight plastic body for patient comfort and a
strong titanium reservoir for durability.

Interventional access products also include several ARROW branded products for Critical Care applications, including

diagnostic and drainage kits, embolectomy balloons, and reinforced percutaneous sheath introducers.

Surgical Care

Our surgical care products sales represented 18 percent of our net revenues in 2013. Our surgical products, which
are predominantly comprised of single-use products, include: ligation and closure products, including appliers, clips and
sutures used in a variety of surgical procedures; access ports used in minimally invasive surgical procedures, including
robotic surgery; and fluid management products used for chest drainage. Our surgical products also include reusable
hand-held instruments for general and specialty surgical procedures. We market our surgical products under the
Deknatel, Pilling, Pleur-evac, Taut and Weck brand names.

In 2013 we added a microlaparoscopic product line to the surgical portfolio, designed to enhance surgeons’ ability to
perform scarless surgery while producing better patient outcomes. Microlaparoscopy, unlike NOTES (Natural Orifice
Translumenal Endoscopic Surgery), or single incision surgery, provides surgeons a mechanism for performing minimally
invasive procedures without significant changes in technique. The technology may be utilized for an entire procedure or
as an adjunct to existing approaches that require additional access without adding to larger incisions and the associated
risks. This product line is expected to generate revenues in late 2014.

In 2012 we launched the Weck EFxTM Endo Fascial Closure System, a port site closure device used in laparoscopic
surgical procedures. The Weck EFx System encompasses a design for port site closure that enables reproducible fascial
closure in varying body types with a controlled suture delivery. This approach to port site closure is designed to minimize
complications and costs associated with port-site herniation.

Hem-o-lok, a significant part of the Weck portfolio, is a unique locking polymer ligation clip that combines the security
of a suture with the speed of a metal clip for open and laparoscopic surgery. Hem-o-lok clips have special applications in
robotic, laparoscopic and cardiovascular surgery.

Cardiac Care

Cardiac Care products accounted for approximately 4 percent of net revenues in 2013. Products in this category
include diagnostic catheters and capital equipment. Our diagnostic catheters include thermodilution and wedge pressure
catheters; specialized angiographic catheters, such as Berman and Reverse Berman catheters; therapeutic delivery
catheters, such as temporary pacing catheters; sheaths for femoral and trans-radial aortic access used in diagnostic and
therapeutic procedures; and intra-aortic balloon, or IAB, catheters. Capital equipment includes our intra-aortic balloon
pump, or IABP, consoles. IABP products are used to augment oxygen delivery to the cardiac muscle and reduce the
oxygen demand after cardiac surgery, serious heart attack or interventional procedures. We market our cardiac care
products under the Arrow brand name.

The IAB and IABP product lines feature the AutoCAT 2 WAVE console and the FiberOptix catheter, which together
utilize fiber optic technology for arterial pressure signal acquisition and enable the patented WAVE timing algorithm to
support the broadest range of patient heart rhythms, including severely arrhythmic patients.

OEM and Development Services

Product development and production services marketed to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, represented
8 percent of our net revenues in 2013. Our OEM division, which includes the TFX OEM® and Deknatel® OEM nameplates,
provides custom-engineered extrusions, diagnostic and interventional catheters, sheath/dilator sets (introducers) and kits,
sutures, performance fibers, and bioresorbable resins and fibers. We offer an extensive portfolio of integrated capabilities,
including engineering, material selection, regulatory affairs, prototyping, testing and validation, manufacturing, assembly,
and packing.

HISTORY AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Teleflex was founded in 1943 as a manufacturer of precision mechanical push/pull controls for military aircraft. From
this original single market, single product orientation, we have grown and evolved through entries into new businesses,
development of new products, introduction of products into new geographic or end-markets and through acquisitions of
companies. Throughout our history, we have continually focused on providing innovative, technology-driven, specialty-
engineered products that help our customers meet their business requirements.

Over the past several years, we have significantly changed the composition of our portfolio of businesses, expanding
our presence in the medical device industry, while divesting all of our businesses serving the aerospace, automotive,
industrial and marine markets. The most significant of these transactions occurred in 2007 with our acquisition of Arrow
International, a leading global supplier of catheter-based medical technology products used for vascular access and
cardiac care, and the divestiture of our automotive and industrial businesses. Our acquisition of Arrow significantly
expanded our single-use product offerings for critical care, enhanced our global footprint and added to our research and
development capabilities. With the divestitures of our marine business and cargo container and systems businesses in
2011, we became exclusively a medical device company.

We expect to continue to increase the size of our business through a combination of acquisitions and organic growth
initiatives. From time to time, we explore and engage in discussions regarding acquisitions that would augment our
existing medical device platform.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

We are subject to comprehensive government regulation both within and outside the United States relating to the

development, manufacture, sale and distribution of our products.

Regulation of Medical Devices in the United States

All of our medical devices manufactured or sold in the United States are subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (“FDC Act”), as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA and, in some cases, other government
agencies administer requirements for the design, testing, safety, effectiveness, manufacturing, labeling, storage, record
keeping, clearance, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-market surveillance, import and export of our
medical devices.

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device that we market must first receive either clearance (by submitting a
premarket notification (“510(k)”)) or approval (by filing a premarket approval application (“PMA”)) from the FDA pursuant
to the FDC Act. To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the proposed device is substantially
equivalent to a legally marketed device, referred to as the predicate device. Substantial equivalence is established by the
applicant showing that the proposed device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has the
same technological characteristics or has been shown to be equally safe and effective and does not raise different
questions of safety and effectiveness as compared to the predicate device. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually
takes from four to twelve months, but it can last longer. A device that is not eligible for the 510(k) process because there is
no predicate device may be reviewed through the de novo process. A device not eligible for 510(k) clearance must follow
the PMA approval pathway, which requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction.
The process of obtaining PMA approval is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) process. It generally
takes from one to three years or even longer. Our portfolio of existing products and pipeline of potential new products
consist primarily of Class I and Class II devices that require 510(k) clearance. In addition, modifications made to devices
after they receive clearance or approval may require a new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA or PMA supplement.
We cannot be sure that 510(k) clearance or PMA approval will be obtained for any device that we propose to market.

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for a 510(k). The
sponsor of a clinical study must comply with and conduct the study in accordance with the applicable federal regulations,
including FDA’s investigational device exemption (“IDE”) requirements, and good clinical practice (“GCP”). Clinical trials
must also be approved by an institutional review board, or IRB, which is an appropriately constituted group that has been
formally designated to review and monitor biomedical research involving human subjects and which has the authority to
approve, require modifications in, or disapprove research to protect the rights, safety, and welfare of the human research
subject. The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other
sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or
presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted
for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements, or may impose other conditions.

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. Those regulatory

requirements include the following:

•

device listing and establishment registration;

adherence to the Quality System Regulation (“QSR”) which requires stringent design, testing, control, documentation,
complaint handling and other quality assurance procedures;

•

labeling requirements;

• FDA prohibitions against the promotion of off-label uses or indications;

•

adverse event reporting;

post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-approval clinical trials or other required testing;

post-market surveillance requirements;

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can ask for the recall of products from the market; and

voluntary corrections or removals reporting and documentation.

In September 2013, the FDA issued final regulations and draft guidance documents regarding the Unique Device
Identification (“UDI”) System, which will require manufacturers to mark certain medical devices with unique identifiers.
While the FDA expects that the UDI System will help track products during recalls and improve patient safety, it will
require us to make changes to our manufacturing and labeling, which could increase our costs. The UDI System is being
implemented in stages based on device risk, with the first requirements taking effect in September 2014 and the last
taking effect in September 2020.

Our manufacturing facilities, as well as those of certain of our suppliers, are subject to periodic and for-cause

inspections to verify compliance with the QSR as well as other regulatory requirements.

If the FDA were to find that we or certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with applicable regulations, it could
institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from issuance of a warning or untitled letter to more severe
sanctions, such as product recalls or seizures, civil penalties, consent decrees, injunctions, criminal prosecution,
operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, refusal to permit importation or exportation,
refusal to grant, or delays in granting, clearances or approvals or withdrawal or suspension of existing clearances or
approvals. The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device
manufactured or distributed by us. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on our business.

Regulation of Medical Devices Outside of the United States

Medical device laws also are in effect in many of the markets outside of the United States in which we do business.
These laws range from comprehensive device approval requirements for some or all of our products to requests for
product data or certifications. Inspection of and controls over manufacturing, as well as monitoring of device-related
adverse events, are components of most of these regulatory systems.

Healthcare Laws

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws in the United States targeting fraud and abuse in the
healthcare industry. These laws prohibit us from, among other things, soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any
remuneration to induce the referral or use of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally
or state financed healthcare programs. Violations of these laws are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil
monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, we are subject to federal
and state false claims laws in the United States that prohibit the submission of false payment claims under Medicare,
Medicaid or other federally or state funded programs. Certain marketing practices, such as off-label promotion, and
violations of federal anti-kickback laws may also constitute violations of these laws.

We are also subject to various federal and state reporting and disclosure requirements related to the healthcare
industry. Recent rules issued by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) require us to collect and,
beginning in March 2014, report information on payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, as
well as investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. The reported data will be posted in
searchable form on a public website beginning September 30, 2014. Failure to submit required information may result in
civil monetary penalties. In addition, several states now require medical device companies to report expenses relating to
the marketing and promotion of device products and to report gifts and payments to individual physicians in these states.
Other states prohibit various other marketing-related activities. The federal government and still other states require the
posting of information relating to clinical studies and their outcomes. The shifting commercial compliance environment and
the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with the different compliance and/or reporting
requirements among a number of jurisdictions increases the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or
more of the requirements, resulting in increased compliance costs that could adversely impact our results of operations.

Other Regulatory Requirements

We are also subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws applicable in
jurisdictions outside the United State that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from improperly offering or
paying anything of value to non-United States government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business.
Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our customer
relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery
laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have
experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with anti-bribery
laws may conflict with local customs and practices. In the sale, delivery and servicing of our medical devices and software
outside of the United States, we must also comply with various export control and trade embargo laws and regulations,
including those administered by the Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and the
Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) which may require licenses or other authorizations for
transactions relating to certain countries and/or with certain individuals identified by the United States government.
Despite our global trade and compliance program, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us
from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Violations of these requirements are punishable by
criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines and imprisonment.

COMPETITION

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many companies, ranging from small start-up
enterprises to companies that are larger and more established than us and have access to significantly greater financial
resources. Furthermore, extensive product research and development and rapid technological advances characterize the
market in which we compete. We must continue to develop and acquire new products and technologies for our
businesses to remain competitive. We believe that we compete primarily on the basis of clinical superiority and innovative
features that enhance patient benefit, product reliability, performance, customer and sales support, and cost-
effectiveness. Our major competitors include C. R. Bard, Inc., Covidien and CareFusion.

SALES AND MARKETING

Our product sales are made directly to hospitals, healthcare providers, distributors and to original equipment
manufacturers of medical devices through our own sales forces and through independent representatives and through
independent distributor networks.

BACKLOG

Most of our products are sold to hospitals or healthcare providers on orders calling for delivery within a few days or
weeks, with longer order times for products sold to medical device manufacturers. Therefore, our backlog of orders is not
indicative of probable revenues in any future 12-month period.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

We own a portfolio of patents, patents pending and trademarks. We also license various patents and trademarks.
Patents for individual products extend for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term
of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. Trademark rights may potentially extend for longer
periods of time and are dependent upon national laws and use of the marks. All capitalized product names throughout this
document are trademarks owned by, or licensed to, us or our subsidiaries. Although these have been of value and are
expected to continue to be of value in the future, we do not consider any single patent or trademark, except for the
Teleflex and Arrow brands, to be essential to the operation of our business.

SUPPLIERS AND MATERIALS

Materials used in the manufacture of our products are purchased from a large number of suppliers in diverse
geographic locations. We are not dependent on any single supplier for a substantial amount of the materials used or
components supplied for our overall operations. Most of the materials and components we use are available from multiple
sources, and where practical, we attempt to identify alternative suppliers. Volatility in commodity markets, particularly steel
and plastic resins, can have a significant impact on the cost of producing certain of our products. We may not be able to
successfully pass these cost increases through to all of our customers, particularly original equipment manufacturers.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

We are engaged in both internal and external research and development. Our research and development costs
principally relate to our efforts to bring innovative new products to the markets we serve, and our efforts to enhance the
clinical value, ease of use, safety and reliability of our existing product lines. Our research and development efforts
support our strategic objectives to provide safe and effective products that reduce infections, improve patient and clinician
safety, enhance patient outcomes and enable less invasive procedures. Our research and development expenditures
were $65.0 million, $56.3 million and $48.7 million for the years-ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We also acquire or license products and technologies that are consistent with our strategic objectives and enhance

our ability to provide a full range of product and service options to our customers.

SEASONALITY

Portions of our revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations. Incidence of flu and other disease patterns as well as
the frequency of elective medical procedures affect revenues related to single-use products. Historically, we have
experienced higher sales in the fourth quarter as a result of these factors.

EMPLOYEES

We employed approximately 11,400 full-time and temporary employees at December 31, 2013. Of these employees,
approximately 3,000 were employed in the United States and 8,400 in countries other than the United States.
Approximately 5 percent of our employees in the United States and in other countries were covered by union contracts or
collective-bargaining arrangements. We believe we have good relationships with our employees.

ENVIRONMENTAL

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside the United States. Our
operations, like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental
laws, primarily in manufacturing and sterilization processes. While we continue to make capital and operational
expenditures relating to compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations, we cannot ensure that our costs of
complying with current or future environmental protection, health and safety laws and regulations will not exceed our
estimates or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Further, we cannot ensure that we will not be subject to additional environmental claims for personal injury or cleanup in
the future based on our past, present or future business activities.

INVESTOR INFORMATION

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”). Therefore, we file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC). Copies of such reports, proxy statements, and other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference
Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the
SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

You can access financial and other information about us in the Investors section of our website, which can be
accessed at www.teleflex.com. We make available through our website, free of charge, copies of our annual report on
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed with or
furnished to the SEC under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after
electronically filing or furnishing such material to the SEC. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K. The reference to our website address is intended to be an inactive textual reference only.

We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1943. Our executive offices are currently located at 155 South
Limerick Road, Limerick, PA 19468. Our telephone number is (610) 948-5100. We expect to relocate our corporate offices
in the first half of 2014 to 550 East Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, PA 19087.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The names and ages of our executive officers and the positions and offices held by each such officer are as follows:

Name
Benson F. Smith
Liam Kelly
Thomas E. Powell

Age
66
47
52

Positions and Offices with Company
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Executive Vice President and President, International
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Smith has been our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2011, and has served as a
Director since April 2005. Prior to January 2011, Mr. Smith was the managing partner of Sales Research Group, a
research and consulting organization. From 1999 to January 2011, he also served as the Chief Executive Officer of BFS &
Associates LLC, which specialized in strategic planning and venture investing. From 2000 until 2005, Mr. Smith also
served as a speaker and author at The Gallup Organization, a global research-based consultancy firm. Prior to that,
Mr. Smith worked for C.R. Bard, Inc., a company specializing in medical devices, for approximately 25 years, where he
held various executive and senior level positions, most recently as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to
1998.

Mr. Kelly has been our Executive Vice President, President, International since June 2012. He previously held several
positions with regard to our EMEA segment, including President from June 2011 to June 2012, Executive Vice President
from November 2009 to June 2011, and Vice President of Marketing from April 2009 to November 2009. Prior to joining
Teleflex, Mr. Kelly held various senior level positions with Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., a medical device company, from
October 2002 to August 2009, serving as its Vice President of International Marketing and R&D from August 2006 to
February 2009.

Mr. Powell has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since February 2013. From March 2012
to February 2013, Mr. Powell was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He joined Teleflex in August 2011 as
Senior Vice President, Global Finance. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Powell served as Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer of Tomotherapy Incorporated, a medical device company, from June 2009 until June 2011. In 2008, he served
as Chief Financial Officer of Textura Corporation, a software provider. From April 2001 until January 2008, Mr. Powell was
employed by Midway Games, Inc., a software provider, serving as its Executive Vice President, CFO and Treasurer from
September 2001 until January 2008. Mr. Powell has also held leadership positions with Dade Behring, Inc. (now Siemens
Healthcare Diagnostics), PepsiCo, Bain & Company, Tenneco Inc. and Arthur Andersen & Company.

Our officers are elected annually by our board of directors. Each officer serves at the discretion of the board.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

We are subject to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These

risks include, but are not limited to the following:

We face strong competition. Our failure to successfully develop and market new products could adversely

affect our business.

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many domestic and foreign medical device
companies ranging from small start-up enterprises that might sell only a single or limited number of competitive products
or compete only in a specific market segment, to companies that are larger and more established than us, have a broad
range of competitive products, participate in numerous markets and have access to significantly greater financial and
marketing resources than we do.

In addition, the medical device industry is characterized by extensive product research and development and rapid
technological advances. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to design and manufacture
new competitive products and enhance existing products. Our product development efforts may require us to make
substantial investments. There can be no assurance that unforeseen problems will not occur with respect to the
development, performance or market acceptance of new technologies or products, such as our inability to:

•

identify viable new products;
obtain adequate intellectual property protection;
gain market acceptance of new products; or
successfully obtain regulatory approvals.

In addition, our competitors currently may be developing, or may develop in the future, products that provide better
features, clinical outcomes or economic value than those that we currently offer or subsequently develop. Our failure to
successfully develop and market new products or enhance existing products could have an adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our customers depend on third party coverage and reimbursements and the failure of healthcare programs to
provide coverage and reimbursement, or the reduction in levels of reimbursement, for our medical products
could adversely affect us.

The ability of our customers to obtain coverage and reimbursement for our products is important to our business.
Demand for many of our existing and new medical products is, and will continue to be, affected by the extent to which
government healthcare programs and private health insurers reimburse our customers for patients’ medical expenses in
the countries where we do business. Even when we develop or acquire a promising new product, demand for the product
may be limited unless reimbursement approval is obtained from private and governmental third party payors.
Internationally, healthcare reimbursement systems vary significantly, with medical centers in some countries having fixed
budgets, regardless of the extent of patient treatment. Other countries require application for, and approval of,
government or third party reimbursement. Without both favorable coverage determinations by, and the financial support
of, government and third party insurers, the market for many of our medical products would be adversely affected. We
cannot be sure that third party payors will maintain the current level of coverage and reimbursement to our customers for
use of our existing products. Adverse coverage determinations or any reduction in the amount of reimbursement could
harm our business by reducing potential customers’ selection of our products and the prices they are willing to pay.

In addition, as a result of their purchasing power, third party payors are implementing cost cutting measures such as
seeking discounts, price reductions or other incentives from medical products suppliers and imposing limitations on
coverage and reimbursement for medical technologies and procedures. These trends could compel us to reduce prices
for our existing products and potential new products and could cause a decrease in the size of the market or a potential
increase in competition that could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be successful in achieving expected operating efficiencies and sustaining or improving
operating expense reductions, and may experience business disruptions associated with restructuring, facility
consolidations, realignment, cost reduction and other strategic initiatives.

Over the past several years we have implemented a number of restructuring, realignment and cost reduction
initiatives, including the realignment of our North American organizational structure, facility consolidations and reductions
in our workforce. While we have realized some efficiencies from these actions, we may not realize the benefits of these
initiatives to the extent we anticipated. Further, such benefits may be realized later than expected, and the ongoing
difficulties in implementing these measures may be greater than anticipated, which could cause us to incur additional
costs or result in business disruptions. In addition, if these measures are not successful or sustainable, we may undertake
additional realignment and cost reduction efforts, which could result in significant additional charges. Moreover, if our
restructuring and realignment efforts prove ineffective, our ability to achieve our other strategic goals and business plans
may be adversely affected.

In addition, as part of our efforts to increase operating efficiencies, we began, in 2012, and are continuing to transition
our businesses to a single enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system. In the third quarter of 2013, we completed the
initial phase of this transition without experiencing any significant disruptions to our business or operations. However, in
the event we encounter any problems with future phases of this transition, we could experience business disruptions,
which could adversely affect customer relationships and divert the attention of management away from daily operations.
In addition, any delays in the implementation of the ERP system could cause us to incur additional unexpected costs.
Should we experience such difficulties, our business, cash flows and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are subject to extensive government regulation, which may require us to incur significant expenses to
ensure compliance. Our failure to comply with those regulations could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our products are classified as medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the United States by the
FDA and by comparable government agencies in other countries. The regulations govern the development, design,
approval, manufacturing, labeling, importing and exporting and sale and marketing of many of our products. Moreover,
these regulations are subject to future change. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could lead to adverse effects
on our business, which could include:

•

partial suspension or total shutdown of manufacturing;
product shortages;
delays in product manufacturing;
product seizures;
recalls;

•

criminal prosecution;
injunctions;
fines or civil penalties;
operating restrictions;
denial of requests for regulatory clearance or approval of new products;
•
• withdrawal or suspension of required clearances, approvals or licenses; and

•

prohibitions against exporting of products to, or importing products from, countries outside the United States.

We could be required to expend significant financial and human resources to remediate failures to comply with
applicable regulations and quality assurance guidelines. In addition, civil and criminal penalties, including exclusion under
Medicaid or Medicare, could result from regulatory violations. Any one or more of these events could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, or significant
modification to, an existing product, we generally must first receive either 510(k) clearance or approval of a premarket
approval, or PMA, application from the FDA. In order for us to obtain 510(k) clearance, the FDA must determine that our
proposed product is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device. To
establish substantial equivalence, the applicant must show that the proposed device has the same intended use as the
predicate device, and it either has the same technological characteristics, or it has been shown to be equally safe and
effective and does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness as compared to the predicate device.
Obtaining PMA approval is more difficult, requiring us to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based, in
part, on data obtained in human clinical trials. Similarly, most major markets for medical devices outside the United States
also require clearance, approval or compliance with certain standards before a product can be commercially marketed.
The process of obtaining regulatory clearances and approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA and
certain foreign governmental authorities, can be costly and time consuming, and clearances and approvals might not be
granted for new products on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, once a device has been cleared or approved, a new
clearance or approval may be required before the device may be modified or its labeling changed. Furthermore, the FDA
or a foreign governmental authority may make its review and clearance or approval process more rigorous, which could
require us to generate additional clinical or other data, and expend more time and effort, in obtaining future product
clearances or approvals. The regulatory clearance and approval process may result in, among other things, delayed
realization of product revenues, substantial additional costs or limitations on indicated uses of products, any one of which
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Even after a product has received marketing approval or clearance, such product approval or clearance can be
withdrawn or limited due to unforeseen problems with the device or issues relating to its application. Violations of FDA
requirements for medical devices could result in FDA enforcement actions, including:
• warning or untitled letters;
fines or civil penalties;
delays in obtaining new regulatory clearances;
product seizures or recalls;
injunctions;

•

criminal prosecution;
advisories or other field actions; and
operating restrictions.

Medical devices are cleared or approved for one or more specific intended uses. Promoting a device for an off-label

use could result in government enforcement action.

Furthermore, our facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and other federal, state and foreign
government authorities, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including the
FDA’s Quality System Regulation, which requires periodic audits, design controls, quality control testing and
documentation procedures, as well as complaint evaluations and investigation. The FDA also requires the reporting of
certain adverse events and may require the reporting of recalls or other field safety corrective actions. Issues identified
through such inspections and reports may result in FDA enforcement action through any of the actions discussed above.
Moreover, issues identified through such inspections and reports may require significant resources to resolve.

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability and warranty claims that may be
brought against us and recalls, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Furthermore, as a medical device company, we face an inherent risk of damage to our reputation if one or more
of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective.

Our businesses expose us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture and
marketing of our products. In particular, our medical device products are often used in surgical and intensive care settings
with seriously ill patients. In addition, many of our products are designed to be implanted in the human body for varying
periods of time. Product defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks with respect to products we manufacture
or sell could result in patient injury or death. Product liability and warranty claims often involve very large or indeterminate
amounts, including punitive damages. The magnitude of potential losses from product liability lawsuits may remain
unknown for substantial periods of time, and the cost to defend against these lawsuits may be significant. We could
experience material warranty or product liability losses in the future and incur significant costs to defend these claims.

In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may voluntarily participate, or be required by
regulatory authorities to participate, in a recall of that product. In the event of a recall, we may experience lost sales and
be exposed to individual or class-action litigation claims. Moreover, negative publicity regarding a quality or safety issue,
whether accurate or inaccurate, could reduce market acceptance of our products, harm our reputation, decrease demand
for our products, result in the loss of customers, lead to product withdrawals or harm our ability to successfully launch and
market our products in the future.Product liability, warranty and recall costs may have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

The ongoing volatility in the domestic and global financial markets combined with a continuation of
constrained global credit markets could adversely impact our operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions, including
the economic slowdown and disruption of credit markets in recent years. The credit and capital markets experienced
extreme volatility and disruption in recent years, leading to recessionary conditions and depressed levels of consumer and
commercial spending. These recessionary conditions have caused customers to reduce, delay or cancel purchases of our
products and services. While recent economic indicators suggest improvement in the United States and global economy,
we cannot predict the duration or extent of any economic recovery or the extent to which our customers will return to more
normalized spending behaviors. If the recessionary conditions worsen, our customers may terminate existing purchase
orders or reduce the volume of products or services they purchase from us.

Adverse economic and financial market conditions may also cause our suppliers to be unable to meet their
commitments to us or may cause them to make changes in the credit terms they extend to us, such as shortening the
required payment period for our accounts payable or reducing the maximum amount of trade credit available to us. These
types of actions could significantly affect our liquidity and could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.

Additionally, our customers, particularly in the European region, have extended or delayed payments for products and
services already provided, which may lead to collectability concerns regarding our accounts receivable from these
customers. To date, we have not experienced an inordinate amount of payment defaults by our customers, and we have
sufficient lending commitments in place to enable us to fund our foreseeable additional operating needs. However, in light
of the ongoing volatility in the domestic and global financial markets, combined with a continuation of constrained global
credit markets there is a risk that our customers and suppliers may be unable to access liquidity. As of December 31,
2013 and 2012, our aggregate net receivables in Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece were $97.9 million and $101.0 million,
respectively. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, net revenues from these countries were approximately 8%, 9% and 9% of total net
revenues, respectively, and average days that accounts receivable were outstanding were 260, 288 and 318 days,
respectively. Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to cover the estimated losses which may occur when
customers cannot make their required payments, we cannot be assured that we will continue to experience the same loss
rate in the future given the volatility in the worldwide economy. If our allowance for doubtful accounts is insufficient to
address receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which
could materially adversely affect our operating results. Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could
adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

In addition, adverse economic and financial market conditions may result in future charges to recognize impairment in
the carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets, which would not directly affect our liquidity but could have a
material adverse effect on our reported financial results.

Our strategic initiatives, including acquisitions, may not produce the intended growth in revenue and

operating income.

Our strategic initiatives include making significant investments that are designed to achieve revenue growth and
margin improvement targets. If we do not achieve the expected benefits from these investments or otherwise fail to
execute on our strategic initiatives, we may not achieve the growth improvement we are targeting and our results of
operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, as part of our strategy for growth, we have made, and may continue to make, acquisitions and divestitures
and enter into strategic alliances such as joint ventures and joint development agreements. However, we may not be able
to identify suitable acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions or integrate acquisitions successfully, and our strategic
alliances may not prove to be successful. In this regard, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the
integration of acquired operations, technologies, services and products and the diversion of management’s attention from
other business concerns. Even if we are successful in making an acquisition, the products and technologies that we
acquire may not be successful or may require significantly greater resources and investments than we originally
anticipated. We could also experience negative effects on our results of operations and financial condition from
acquisition-related charges, amortization of intangible assets and asset impairment charges, and other issues that could
arise in connection with the acquisition of a company or business, including issues related to internal control over financial
reporting, regulatory or compliance issues and potential adverse short-term effects on results of operations through
increased costs or otherwise. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular
transaction, there can be no assurance that we will identify all such risks or the magnitude of the risks. In addition, prior
acquisitions have resulted, and future acquisitions could result, in the incurrence of substantial additional indebtedness
and other expenses. Future acquisitions may also result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities. There can be
no assurance that difficulties encountered with acquisitions will not have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

An interruption in our manufacturing or distribution operations or our supply of raw materials may adversely

affect our business.

Many of our key products are manufactured at or distributed from single locations, and the availability of alternate
facilities is limited. If operations at one or more of our facilities is suspended due to natural disasters or other events, we
may not be able to timely manufacture or distribute one or more of our products at previous levels or at all. Furthermore,
our ability to establish replacement facilities or to substitute suppliers may be delayed due to regulations and requirements
of the FDA and other regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products. In addition, in the event of delays
or cancellations in shipments of raw materials by our suppliers, we may not be able to timely manufacture or supply the
affected products at previous levels or at all. The manufacture of our products is also highly exacting and complex, due in
part to strict regulatory requirements. Problems in the manufacturing process, including equipment malfunction, failure to
follow specific protocols and procedures, defective raw materials and environmental factors, could lead to launch delays,
product shortage, unanticipated costs, lost revenues and damage to our reputation. A failure to identify and address
manufacturing problems prior to the release of products to our customers may also result in a quality or safety issue. A
reduction or interruption in manufacturing or distribution, or our inability to secure suitable alternative sources of raw
materials or components, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.

Our ability to attract, train, develop and retain key employees is important to our success.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain our key personnel, including our executive officers
and other members of our senior management team. Our success also depends, in part, on our ability to attract, train,
develop and retain other key employees, including research and development, sales, marketing and operations
personnel. Achieving this objective may be difficult due to many factors, including:

•

the intense competition for skilled personnel in our industry;
fluctuations in global economic and industry conditions;
changes in our organizational structure;
our restructuring initiatives;
competitors’ hiring practices; and
the effectiveness of our compensation programs.

Our inability to attract, train, develop and retain such personnel could have an adverse effect on our results of

operations and financial condition.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws, regulation and enforcement; our failure to comply with

those laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states

and foreign governments in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

•

the federal healthcare anti-kickback statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully
offering or paying remuneration to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or
recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as
the Medicare and Medicaid programs, or soliciting payment
for such referrals, purchases, orders and
recommendations;

federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or
causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment from the federal government, including Medicare,
Medicaid or other third-party payors;

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which prohibit schemes to defraud
any healthcare benefit program and false statements relating to healthcare matters; and

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply
to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental
regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or
restructuring of our operations, the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and
imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of
our being found to have violated these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by
the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations.

Further, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability
Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “Healthcare Reform Act”), imposes new reporting and disclosure requirements on
device manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other healthcare providers. Our
first report is due March 30, 2014, and the reported information will be made publicly available in a searchable format
beginning September 30, 2014. In addition, device manufacturers will also be required to report and disclose any
investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members during the preceding calendar year. Failure
to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties for each payment, transfer of value or ownership or
investment interests not reported in an annual submission, up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an
aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”).

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to healthcare
providers. Some states, such as California, Connecticut, Nevada and Massachusetts, mandate implementation of
compliance programs that include the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation for consulting and other services, and
other remuneration to healthcare providers. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and
maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with the different compliance and/or reporting requirements among a
number of jurisdictions increases the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the
requirements, resulting in increased compliance costs that could adversely impact our results of operations.

Health care reform may have a material adverse effect on our industry and our business.

Political, economic and regulatory developments have effected fundamental changes in the healthcare industry. The
Healthcare Reform Act substantially changes the way health care is financed by both government and private insurers,
encourages improvements in the quality of health care products and services, and significantly impacts the United
States pharmaceutical and medical device industries. Among other things, the Healthcare Reform Act:

•

establishes a 2.3% excise tax on sales of medical devices with respect to any entity that manufactures or imports
specified medical devices offered for sale in the United States, beginning in 2013;

establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct
comparative clinical effectiveness research;

implements payment system reforms, including a national pilot program to encourage hospitals, physicians and other
providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain health care services through bundled payment
models; and

creates an independent payment advisory board that will submit recommendations to reduce Medicare spending if
projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.

In 2013, we paid $11.5 million with respect to the medical device excise tax. However, we cannot predict at this time
the full impact of the Healthcare Reform Act or other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-United States operations.

We have significant manufacturing and distribution facilities, research and development facilities, sales personnel and
customer support operations in a number of countries outside the United States, including Canada, Belgium, the Czech
Republic, France, Germany, Ireland, Malaysia, Mexico, and Singapore. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 37% of
our net property, plant and equipment was located outside the United States and 74% of our full-time and temporary
employees were employed in countries outside of the United States. In addition, in 2013, approximately 50% of our net
revenues (based on Teleflex location) were derived from operations outside the United States.

Our international operations are subject to risks inherent in doing business outside the United States, including:
exchange controls, currency restrictions and fluctuations in currency values;
trade protection measures;
potentially costly and burdensome import or export requirements;

•

laws and business practices that favor local companies;
changes in non-United States medical reimbursement policies and procedures;

subsidies or increased access to capital for firms that currently are or may emerge as competitors in countries in
which we have operations;
substantial foreign tax liabilities, including potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;
restrictions and taxes related to the repatriation of foreign earnings;
differing labor regulations;
additional United States and foreign government controls or regulations;
difficulties in the protection of intellectual property; and
unsettled political and economic conditions and possible terrorist attacks against American interests.

In addition, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in
non-United States jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to
non-United States officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also imposes accounting
standards and requirements on publicly traded United States corporations and their foreign affiliates, which, among other
things, are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments,
and to prevent the establishment of “off the books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made.
Because of the predominance of government-sponsored health care systems around the world, many of our customer
relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery
laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. However, we operate in many parts of the world that
have experienced governmental corruption to some degree. Despite meaningful measures that we undertake to facilitate
lawful conduct, which include training and compliance programs and internal control policies and procedures, we may not
always prevent reckless or criminal acts by our employees or agents, and may be exposed to liability due to pre-
acquisition conduct of employees or agents of businesses or operations we may acquire. Violations of these laws, or
allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction and have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also could be subject to severe
penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement, further changes or enhancements to our procedures,
policies and controls, personnel changes and other remedial actions.

Furthermore, we are subject to the export controls and economic embargo rules and regulations of the United States,
including the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions against embargoed countries, which are administered
by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the Department of the Treasury, as well as other laws and regulations
administered by the Department of Commerce. These regulations limit our ability to market, sell, distribute or otherwise
transfer our products or technology to prohibited countries or persons. While we train our employees and contractually
obligate our distributors to comply with these regulations, we cannot assure that a violation will not occur, whether
knowingly or inadvertently. Failure to comply with these rules and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal
penalties, including fines and the disgorgement of profits, the imposition of a court-appointed monitor, the denial of export
privileges and debarment from participation in United States government contracts.

The risks relating to our foreign operations may have a material adverse effect on our international operations or on

our business, results of operations and financial condition generally.

Foreign currency exchange rate, commodity price and interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect our

results.

We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates,
commodity prices and interest rates. We expect revenues from products manufactured in, and sold into, non-United
States markets to continue to represent a significant portion of our net revenues. Our consolidated financial statements
reflect translation of financial statements denominated in non-United States currencies to United States dollars, our
reporting currency. When the United States dollar strengthens or weakens in relation to the foreign currencies of the
countries in which we sell or manufacture our products, such as the euro, our United States dollar-reported revenue and
income will fluctuate. Although we have entered into forward contracts with several major financial institutions to hedge a
portion of projected cash flows denominated in non-functional currency in order to reduce the effects of currency rate
fluctuations, changes in the relative values of currencies may, in some instances, have a significant effect on our results of
operations.

Many of our products have significant plastic resin content. We also use quantities of other commodities, such as
aluminum. Increases in the prices of these commodities could increase the costs of our products and services. We may
not be able to pass on these costs to our customers, particularly with respect to those products we sell under group
purchase agreements, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Increases in interest rates may adversely affect the financial health of our customers and suppliers and thus adversely
affect their ability to buy our products and supply the components or raw materials we need, which could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Fluctuations in our effective tax rate and changes to tax laws may adversely affect our results.

As a company with significant operations outside of the United States, we are subject to taxation in numerous
countries, states and other jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the
various countries, states and other jurisdictions in which we operate. In preparing our financial statements, we estimate
the amount of tax that will become payable in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our effective tax rate may,
however, differ from the estimated amount due to numerous factors, including a change in the mix of our profitability from
country to country, changes in accounting for income taxes and changes in tax laws. Any of these factors could cause us
to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or our current expectations, which could
have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition, unfavorable results of tax audits and changes in tax laws in jurisdictions in which we operate could

adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

We depend upon relationships with physicians and other health care professionals.

Research and development for some of our products is dependent on our maintaining strong working relationships
with physicians and other healthcare professionals. We rely on these professionals to provide us with considerable
knowledge and experience regarding the development and use of our products. Physicians assist us as researchers,
product consultants, inventors and public speakers. If we fail to maintain our working relationships with physicians and
receive the benefits of their knowledge and advice, our products may not be developed in a manner that is responsive to
the needs and expectations of the professionals who use and support our products, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our technology is important to our success, and our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could

put us at a competitive disadvantage.

We rely on the patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws of the United States and other countries to protect
our proprietary rights. Although we own numerous United States and foreign patents and have submitted numerous
patent applications, we cannot be assured that any pending patent applications will issue, or that any patents, issued or
pending, will provide us with any competitive advantage or will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by third
parties. In addition, we rely on confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with employees and take other measures to
protect our know-how and trade secrets. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology by
competitors or other persons who may copy or otherwise obtain and use these products or technology, particularly in
foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. There is no
guarantee that current and former employees, contractors and other parties will not breach their confidentiality
agreements with us, misappropriate proprietary information or copy or otherwise obtain and use our information and
proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights. Moreover, there can
be no assurance that others will not independently develop the know-how and trade secrets or develop better technology
than our own, which could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed. Our inability to protect our
proprietary technology could adversely affect our business.

Our products or processes may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to pay

unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from selling our products.

We cannot be certain that our products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other intellectual property rights
of third parties. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, including
claims of alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties. Any such claims, whether or not
meritorious, could result in litigation and divert the efforts of our personnel. If we are found liable for infringement, we may
be required to enter into licensing agreements (which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all) or to pay
damages and to cease making or selling certain products. We may need to redesign some of our products or processes
to avoid future infringement liability. Any of the foregoing could be detrimental to our business.

Other pending and future litigation may lead us to incur significant costs and have an adverse effect on our

business.

We also are party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business involving, among other
things, contracts, intellectual property, import and export regulations, employment and environmental matters. The
defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, and we may incur significant expenses in defending
these lawsuits. In addition, we may be required to pay damage awards or settlements, or become subject to injunctions or
other equitable remedies, that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
While we do not believe that any litigation in which we are currently engaged would have such an adverse effect, the
outcome of litigation, including regulatory matters, is often difficult to predict, and we cannot assure that the outcome of
pending or future litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of

operations.

As of December 31, 2013, we had total consolidated indebtedness of $1,286 million.

Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay
amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. It could also have significant effects on our business. For example, it could:

•

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness,
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and
development efforts and other general corporate purposes;
limit our ability to borrow additional funds for such general corporate purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
restrict us from exploiting business opportunities; and
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness.

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an amount

sufficient to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be forced to:

•

refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before the maturity thereof;
sell assets;
reduce or delay capital expenditures; or
seek to raise additional capital.

We may not be able to effect any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to refinance
our indebtedness will depend on our financial condition at the time, the restrictions in the instruments governing our
outstanding indebtedness and other factors, including market conditions.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure our
obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

Our debt agreements impose restrictions on our business, which could prevent us from capitalizing on
business opportunities and taking some corporate actions and may adversely affect our ability to respond to
changes in our business and manage our operations.

Our revolving credit agreement and the indenture governing our 6.875% senior subordinated notes contain covenants
that, among other things, impose significant restrictions on our business. The restrictions that these covenants place on
us and our restricted subsidiaries include limitations on our and their ability to:
incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;
create liens;
pay dividends, make investments or make other restricted payments;

•

sell assets;

•
• merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

•

enter into transactions with our affiliates;
permit layering of debt;
designate subsidiaries as unrestricted; and
use the proceeds of permitted sales of our assets.

In addition, our revolving credit agreement also contains financial covenants. A breach of any covenants under any
one or more of these debt agreements could result in a default, which if not cured or waived, could result in the
acceleration of all our debts. In addition, any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to
enter into certain types of transactions.

The contingent conversion features of our convertible notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial

condition.

In August 2010, we issued $400 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior subordinated notes due
2017, which we refer to as the “Convertible Notes.” The Convertible Notes are convertible under certain circumstances,
including the attainment of a closing price per share of our common stock equal to 130% of the conversion price
(approximately $79.72) for at least 20 trading days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last
trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. Because our closing stock price during the 30 consecutive trading
days ending on December 31, 2013 exceeded 130% of the conversion price for at least 20 trading days, the Convertible
Notes are currently convertible into shares of our common stock. As a result, the Convertible Notes are classified as a
current liability, which, in turn, has resulted in a material reduction of our net working capital. At this time, we have elected
the net settlement method to satisfy the conversion obligation, under which we may settle the principal amount of the
Convertible Notes in cash and settle the excess conversion value in shares, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. While
we believe we have sufficient liquidity to repay the principal amounts due through a combination of utilizing our existing
cash on hand and accessing our credit facility as well as raising money in the capital markets, if necessary, our use of
these funds could adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a further discussion regarding the conversion terms of the
Convertible Notes.

The convertible note hedge transactions and warrant transactions entered into in connection with the

issuance of our Convertible Notes may affect the value of our common stock.

In connection with our issuance of the Convertible Notes, we entered into privately negotiated hedge transactions with
third parties, which we refer to as the hedge counterparties. The hedge transactions cover, subject to customary anti-
dilution adjustments, the number of shares of our common stock that underlie the Convertible Notes and are expected to
reduce our exposure to potential dilution with respect to our common stock and/or reduce our exposure to potential cash
payments that may be required to be made by us upon conversion of the Convertible Notes. Separately, we also entered
into privately negotiated warrant transactions relating to the same number of shares of our common stock with the hedge
counterparties with a strike price of $74.648, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, pursuant to which we may be
obligated to issue shares of our common stock. The warrant transactions could have a dilutive effect with respect to our
common stock or, if we so elect, obligate us to make cash payments to the extent that the market price per share of our
common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants on any expiration date of the warrants. In addition, under
applicable accounting guidance, changes in the share price of our common stock can have a significant impact on the
number of shares that we must include in the fully diluted earnings per share calculation with respect to the Convertible
Notes and warrants, which, in turn, could impact our reported financial results. Based on the average market price of our
common stock during 2013, 0.6 million shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants were included in the total diluted
shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2013. For additional information, see “Financing Arrangements”
under Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In connection with establishing their initial hedges of the convertible note hedge transactions and the warrant
transactions, the hedge counterparties (and/or their affiliates) entered into various cash-settled over-the-counter derivative
transactions with respect to our common stock concurrently with, or shortly following, the pricing of the Convertible Notes.
The hedge counterparties (and/or their affiliates) may, in their sole discretion, with or without notice, modify their hedge
positions from time to time (and are likely to do so during any conversion period related to the conversion of the
Convertible Notes) by entering into or unwinding various over-the-counter derivative transactions with respect to shares of
our common stock, and/or by purchasing or selling shares of our common stock or Convertible Notes in privately
negotiated transactions and/or open market transactions. The effect, if any, of these transactions and activities on the
market price of our common stock will depend in part on market conditions and cannot be ascertained at this time, but any
of these activities could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the convertible note hedge transactions.

Each hedge counterparty is a financial institution or the affiliate of a financial institution, and we will be subject to the
risk that one or more hedge counterparties may default under the Convertible Note hedge transactions. Our exposure to
the credit risk of each hedge counterparty will not be secured by any collateral. If a hedge counterparty becomes subject
to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure
at that time under the Convertible Note hedge transaction with that hedge counterparty. Our exposure will depend on
many factors but, generally, the increase in our exposure will be correlated to the increase in our stock market price and in
volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by a hedge counterparty, we may suffer adverse tax
consequences and dilution with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability
or viability of the hedge counterparties.

We may issue additional shares of our common stock or instruments convertible into our common stock,
including in connection with conversions of our Convertible Notes, which could lower the price of our common
stock.

We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock or other instruments convertible into our
common stock. As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding approximately 41.2 million shares of our common stock,
options to purchase approximately 1.3 million shares of our common stock (of which approximately 0.7 million were
vested as of that date), approximately 0.4 million of restricted stock awards (which are expected to vest over the next
three years) and approximately 20,000 shares of our common stock to be distributed from our deferred compensation
plan. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, 17.1 million shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance upon the
exercise of stock options, upon conversion of the Convertible Notes and upon the exercise of the warrants issued in
connection with the Convertible Notes. We cannot predict the size of future issuances or the effect, if any, that they may
have on the market price for our common stock.

If we issue additional shares of our common stock or instruments convertible into our common stock, it may materially
and adversely affect the price of our common stock. Furthermore, the exercise of some or all of the outstanding stock
options and warrants, and the conversion of some or all of the Convertible Notes may dilute the ownership interests of
existing stockholders, and any sales in the public market of such shares of our common stock issuable upon any exercise
of stock options or warrants, or conversion of the Convertible Notes could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our
common stock. In addition, the issuance and sale, including through exercise of stock options and warrants, of substantial
amounts of common stock or conversion of the Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock could depress the
price of our common stock.

Disruption of critical information systems or material breaches in the security of our systems may adversely

affect our business and customer relationships.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information in our day-to-day
operations. We also rely on our technology infrastructure, among other functions, to interact with customers and suppliers,
fulfill orders and bill, collect and make payments, ship products, provide support to customers, fulfill contractual obligations
and otherwise conduct business. Our internal information technology systems, as well as those systems maintained by
third-party providers, may be subjected to computer viruses or other malicious codes, unauthorized access attempts, and
cyber-attacks, any of which, if successful, could result in data leaks or otherwise compromise our confidential or
proprietary information and disrupt our operations. Cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated and frequent, and
there can be no assurance that our protective measures will prevent security breaches that could have a significant
impact on our business, reputation and financial results. If we fail to monitor, maintain or protect our information
technology systems and data integrity effectively or fail to anticipate, plan for or manage significant disruptions to these
systems, we could, among other things, lose existing customers, have difficulty preventing fraud, have disputes with
customers, physicians and other health care professionals, be subject to regulatory sanctions or penalties, incur expenses
or lose revenues or suffer other adverse consequences. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations or financial condition.

New regulations related to conflict minerals may increase our costs and adversely affect our business.

The SEC has promulgated final rules pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, included in components of
products either manufactured by public companies or for which public companies have contracted to manufacture. These
new rules require due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo
(the “DRC”) or an adjoining country and whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC. The first
conflict minerals report required by the new rules is due by May 31, 2014 and annually thereafter. At this time, we have
determined that certain of our products contain the specified minerals, and we have developed a process to enable us to
identify where such minerals originated. We expect to incur costs associated with complying with these disclosure
requirements, including costs related to determining the sources of the specified minerals used in our products. In
addition, the implementation of these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our
products. Our customers may require our products be free of conflict minerals, and our revenues and margins may be
harmed if we are unable to provide assurances to our customers that our products are “DRC conflict free” (generally, the
product does not contain conflict minerals originating in the DRC or an adjoining country that directly or indirectly finance
or benefit specified armed groups) or to procure conflict free minerals at a reasonable price, or at all, or are unable to pass
through any increased costs associated with meeting these demands. We also may face reputational challenges if the
due diligence procedures we implement do not enable us to verify the origins of all conflict minerals or to determine that
any conflict minerals used in products we manufacture or in products manufactured by others for us are DRC conflict-
free..

Our operations expose us to the risk of material environmental liabilities.

We are subject to numerous foreign, federal, state and local environmental protection and health and safety laws

governing, among other things:

•

the generation, storage, use and transportation of hazardous materials;
emissions or discharges of substances into the environment; and
the health and safety of our employees.

These laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. In
2013, our costs related to compliance with, or liabilities under these laws totaled $0.9 million. We cannot provide
assurance that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection and health and safety laws, or our
liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances, which may include claims for
personal injury or cleanup, will not exceed our estimates or will not adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.

Our workforce covered by collective bargaining and similar agreements could cause interruptions in our

provision of products and services.

As of December 31, 2013, approximately 5 percent of our employees in the United States and in other countries were
covered by union contracts or collective-bargaining arrangements. In addition, for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2013, approximately 1% of our net revenues were generated by operations for which a significant part of our workforce is
covered by collective bargaining agreements and similar agreements. It is likely that a portion of our workforce will remain
covered by collective bargaining and similar agreements for the foreseeable future. Strikes or work stoppages could occur
that would adversely impact our relationships with our customers and our ability to conduct our business.

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the future.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only as our board of directors may declare out of funds
legally available for such payments. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will
be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition,
earnings, compliance with debt instruments, legal requirements and other factors as our board of directors deems
relevant. We cannot assure you that our cash dividend will not be reduced, or eliminated, in the future.

Certain provisions of our corporate governing documents, Delaware law and our Convertible Notes could

discourage, delay, or prevent a merger or acquisition.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could impede a merger, takeover or other business
combination involving us or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock. For
example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the number of shares in a series,
the consideration, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, terms of redemption, conversion or exchange rights and voting
rights, if any, of unissued series of preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders. Thus, our board of
directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting or other rights of holders of our common stock. We are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which imposes restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of
15% or more of our common stock. These provisions could have the effect of delaying or deterring a third party from
acquiring us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our stockholders, and accordingly could reduce the
market price of our common stock.

Certain provisions in the Convertible Notes and the indenture governing the Convertible Notes could make it more
difficult or more expensive for a third party to acquire us. For example, if an acquisition event constitutes a “fundamental
change,” as defined in the indenture, holders of the Convertible Notes will have the right to require us to purchase their
notes in cash. In addition, if an acquisition event constitutes a “make-whole fundamental change,” as defined in the
indenture, we may be required to increase the conversion rate for holders who convert their notes in connection with such
acquisition event. In either case, and in other cases, our obligations under the Convertible Notes and the indenture could
increase the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party from acquiring us or removing incumbent
management, and accordingly could reduce the market price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We own or lease approximately 68 properties consisting of plants, engineering and research centers, distribution
warehouses, offices and other facilities. We believe that the properties are maintained in good operating condition and are
suitable for their intended use. In general, our facilities meet current operating requirements for the activities currently
conducted within the facilities.

Our major facilities (those with 50,000 or greater square feet) are as follows:

Location
Olive Branch, MS ..........................................................................
Nuevo Laredo, Mexico ..................................................................
Asheboro, NC ...............................................................................
Reading, PA ..................................................................................
Research Triangle Park, NC .........................................................
Kernen, Germany .........................................................................
Chihuahua, Mexico .......................................................................
Zdar nad Sazavou, Czech Republic .............................................
Tongeren, Belgium .......................................................................
Kamunting, Malaysia ....................................................................
Everett, MA ...................................................................................
Tecate, Mexico ..............................................................................
Hradec Kralove, Czech Republic ..................................................
Chelmsford, MA ............................................................................
Arlington Heights, IL .....................................................................
Kamunting, Malaysia ....................................................................
Kernen, Germany .........................................................................
Jaffrey, NH ....................................................................................
Limerick, Ireland............................................................................
Bad Liebenzell, Germany .............................................................
Ramseur, NC ................................................................................

Square
Footage

Owned or
Leased
627,000 Leased
277,000 Leased
204,000 Owned
166,000 Owned
147,000 Owned
145,000 Leased
112,000 Owned
108,000 Owned
108,000 Leased
102,000 Owned
100,000 Leased
96,000 Leased
92,000 Owned
91,000 Leased
86,000 Leased
82,000 Leased
73,000 Owned
65,000 Owned
55,000 Leased
53,000 Leased
52,000 Leased

Each of the facilities included in the table above generally are utilized by more than one of our reporting segments.

In addition to the properties listed above, we own or lease approximately 600,000 square feet of warehousing,
manufacturing and office space located in the United States, Canada, Mexico, South America, Europe, Asia and Africa.
We also own or lease several properties that are no longer being used in our operations, which we are actively marketing
for sale or sublease. At December 31, 2013, four unused owned properties were classified as held for sale.

In August 2013, we entered into a lease agreement for approximately 130,000 square feet of office space in
Morrisville, North Carolina, which we will use to consolidate two separate office facilities in the Research Triangle Park
area of North Carolina. The lease has a term of 10 years with two optional 5-year extensions. Occupancy and lease
commencement is expected to be in the second half of 2014.

In December 2012, we entered into a lease agreement for approximately 84,000 square feet of office space in Wayne,
Pennsylvania, which we intend to use as our new corporate headquarters commencing in the first half of 2014. The lease
has a term of 10 years and 8 months from the commencement date with an option to renew for an additional ten years.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These lawsuits and
claims include actions involving product liability and product warranty, intellectual property, employment and
environmental matters. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has recorded reserves of approximately $6.8
million and $2.3 million in connection with such contingencies, representing its best estimate of the cost within the range
of estimated possible loss that will be incurred to resolve these matters. Of the $6.8 million reserved for at December 31,
2013, $1.4 million pertains to discontinued operations. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel,
established reserves and other resources, we do not believe that any such actions are likely to be, individually or in the
aggregate, material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. However, in the event of
unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters, if
unfavorable, may be materially adverse to our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (symbol “TFX”). Our quarterly high and low stock

prices and dividends for 2013 and 2012 are shown below.

Price Range and Dividends of Common Stock

2013
First Quarter ........................................................................ $
Second Quarter .................................................................. $
Third Quarter ...................................................................... $
Fourth Quarter .................................................................... $

High

Low

Dividends

84.58 $
87.46 $
82.41 $
99.13 $

71.84 $
73.83 $
74.42 $
81.05 $

0.34
0.34
0.34
0.34

2012
First Quarter ....................................................................... $
Second Quarter ................................................................. $
Third Quarter ..................................................................... $
Fourth Quarter ................................................................... $

High

Low

Dividends

63.91 $
64.79 $
70.78 $
71.59 $

57.78 $
57.26 $
59.96 $
65.07 $

0.34
0.34
0.34
0.34

The terms of our senior credit facility and our 6.875% senior subordinated notes due 2019 limit our ability to
repurchase shares of our stock and pay cash dividends. Under the most restrictive of these provisions, on an annual basis
$147 million of retained earnings was available for dividends and stock repurchases at December 31, 2013. On
February 19, 2014, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.34 per share on our common stock, which is
payable on March 14, 2014 to holders of record on March 4, 2014. As of February 19, 2014, we had approximately 628
holders of record of our common stock.

On June 14, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of our outstanding common
stock. Through December 31, 2013, no shares have been purchased under this Board authorization. See “Stock
Repurchase Programs” contained in “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” in Item 7 of this report for more information.

Stoc

ck Performan

nce Graph

The following
T
Standard & P
the S
ges for the f
chan
flex common
Telef

graph provid
Poor’s (S&P)
five-year per
stock and ea

es a compari
500 Stock In
iod shown o
ch index on D

son of five ye
ndex and the
n the graph
December 31

ear cumulative
e S&P 500 H
are based o
, 2008 and th

e total stockh
Healthcare Eq
on the assum
hat all dividend

holder returns
quipment &
mption that $
ds were reinv

of Teleflex co
Supply Index
100 had bee
vested.

k,
ommon stock
x. The annua
al
n
en invested in

MARKET

T PERFORMA

ANCE

Comparison of Cumulative Five Year Total Return

250

200

150

100

D
O
L
L
A
R
S

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Teleflex Incorporated

S&P 500 Index

S&P 500 Health Care Equipment & Supplies

Comp
Telef
S&P
S&P
Su

pany / Index
flex Incorporat
500 Index .....
500 Healthca
upply Index ...

ted ..................
.......................
are Equipmen
.....................

...................
...................
nt &
.................

2008
100
100

100

2009
111
126

129

2010
114
146

125

2011
132
149

124

2012
157
172

146

2013
210
228

186

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial data in the following table includes the results of operations for acquired companies from the

respective date of acquisition.

Statement of Income Data(1):

Net revenues .................................................. $
Income (loss) from continuing operations

before interest, loss on extinguishments of
debt and taxes ........................................... $
Income (loss) from continuing operations ....... $
Amounts attributable to common

shareholders for income (loss) from
continuing operations .................................

Per Share Data(1):

Income (loss) from continuing operations —

2013(2)

2012(2)

2011(2)
2010
(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

2009

1,696,271 $

1,551,009 $

1,492,528 $

1,397,722 $

1,394,906

233,261 $
152,183 $

(97,375)(3) $
(181,782)(3) $

229,570 $
119,322 $

230,290 $
87,672 (4)$

246,487
124,189

151,316 $

(182,737)(3) $

118,301 $

86,811 (4)$

123,557

basic ......................................................... $

3.68 $

(4.47) $

2.92 $

Income (loss) from continuing operations —

diluted ....................................................... $
Cash dividends ............................................... $

Balance Sheet Data:

Total assets .................................................... $
Long-term borrowings, less current portion .... $
Shareholders’ equity ....................................... $

Statement of Cash Flows Data(1):

Net cash provided by operating activities from

3.46 $
1.36 $

(4.47) $
1.36 $

2.90 $
1.36 $

2.18 (4)$

2.16 (4)$
1.36 $

3.11

3.09
1.36

4,209,007 $
930,000 $
1,913,527 $

3,733,687 $
965,280 $
1,778,950 $

3,924,103 $
954,809 $
1,980,588 $

3,643,155 $
813,409 $
1,783,376 $

3,839,005
1,192,491
1,580,241

continuing operations ................................. $

229,871 $

193,853 $

94,357 $

143,834 (6)$

113,999 (6)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing

activities from continuing operations .......... $

(372,638) $

(368,258) $

306,670 $

152,138 $

288,877

Net cash (used in) provided by financing

activities from continuing operations .......... $
Free cash flow(5) ............................................. $

232,598 $
166,291 $

(64,888) $
128,459 $

(11,106 ) $
49,775 $

(335,499) $
114,504 $

(401,918)
89,200

Certain financial information is presented on a rounded basis, which may cause minor differences.

(1)

(2)

(3)

Amounts exclude the impact of certain businesses which have been presented in our consolidated financial results as discontinued
operations.
Amounts include the impact of businesses acquired during the period. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion on Company acquisitions.
Includes a pretax goodwill impairment charge of $332.1 million, or $315.1 million net of tax. See Note 7 to the consolidated
financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion on the goodwill impairment charge.

(4) Includes a $29.7 million, net of tax, or a $0.74 per share loss (basic and diluted) on extinguishments of debt.
(5)

Free cash flow is calculated by subtracting capital expenditures from cash provided by operating activities from continuing
operations. Free cash flow is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. We use this financial measure for internal managerial
purposes and to evaluate period-to-period comparisons. This financial measure is used in addition to and in conjunction with
results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and should not be relied upon to the
exclusion of GAAP financial measures. Management believes that free cash flow is a useful measure to investors because it
facilitates an assessment of funds available to satisfy current and future obligations, pay dividends and fund acquisitions. Free
cash flow is not a measure of cash available for discretionary expenditures since we have certain non-discretionary obligations,
such as debt service, that are not deducted from the measure. We strongly encourage investors to review our financial statements
and publicly-filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. The following is a reconciliation of free
cash flow to the most comparable GAAP measure.

Net cash provided by operating activities from

continuing operations .................................. $
Less: Capital expenditures ..............................
Free cash flow ................................................. $

229,871 $
63,580
166,291 $

193,853 $
65,394
128,459 $

94,357 $
44,582
49,775 $

143,834 (6) $
29,330
114,504 $

113,999 (6)
24,799
89,200

2013

2012

2011
(Dollars in thousands)

2010

2009

(6)

2009 cash flow from continuing operations reflects the impact of estimated tax payments made in connection with businesses
divested of $97.5 million and 2010 cash flow reflects the impact of a refund of $59.5 million of the estimated tax payments.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a global provider of medical technology products that enhance clinical benefits, improve patient and provider
safety and reduce total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and supply single-use medical
devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in critical care and
surgical applications. We sell our products to hospitals and healthcare providers in more than 150 countries through a
combination of our direct sales force and distributors. Because our products are used in numerous markets and for a
variety of procedures, we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure.

We categorize our products into four groups: Critical Care, Surgical Care, Cardiac Care and Original Equipment
Manufacturer and Development Services (“OEM”). Critical Care, representing our largest product group, includes medical
devices used in vascular access, anesthesia, respiratory care and specialty markets; Surgical Care includes surgical
instruments and devices; and Cardiac Care includes cardiac assist devices and equipment. OEM designs and
manufactures instruments and devices for other medical device manufacturers.

Effective January 1, 2014, we realigned our operating segments. The Vascular, Anesthesia/Respiratory and Surgical
businesses, which previously comprised much of the Americas operating segment, are now separate operating segments.
Additionally, the Company made changes to the allocation methodology of certain costs, including manufacturing
variances and research and development costs, among the businesses to improve accountability. Because the change in
segment reporting structure became effective in the first quarter of 2014, the segment information presented in this
document does not reflect this change.

Through an extensive acquisition and divestiture program, we have significantly expanded our presence in the
medical technology industry, while divesting all of our businesses serving the aerospace, automotive, industrial and
marine markets. The following is a listing of our more significant acquisitions and divestitures that have occurred since the
beginning of 2011. With respect to divested businesses listed below, we have reported results of operations, cash flows
and (gains) losses on the disposition of these businesses as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note
18 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information
regarding our significant divestitures.

Medical Device Business Transactions

• December 2013 — Acquired Vidacare Corporation, a provider of intraosseous, or inside the bone, access devices

(“Vidacare”), which complements the vascular access and specialty product portfolios;

• June 2013 — Acquired the assets of Ultimate Medical Pty. Ltd. and its affiliates, a supplier of airway management

devices with a full range of laryngeal mask airways, which complements our anesthesia product portfolio;

• June 2013 — Acquired Eon Surgical, Ltd., a developer of a minimally invasive microlaparoscopy surgical platform
technology designed to enhance a surgeon’s ability to perform scarless surgery while producing better patient
outcomes, which complements our surgical care product portfolio;

• October 2012 — Acquired substantially all of the assets of LMA International N.V. (LMA), a global provider of laryngeal
masks whose products are used in anesthesia and emergency care, which enhanced our anesthesia product portfolio.

• 2012 — Completed four late-stage technology acquisitions in furtherance of our strategy to invest in new technologies

and research and development to support our future growth.

We may be required to pay contingent consideration in connection with some of the acquisitions listed above. The
amount of contingent consideration we ultimately will pay will be based upon the achievement of specified objectives,
including regulatory approvals and sales targets. For additional information on the contingent consideration, see Note 3 to
the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Former Aerospace Segment Divestiture

In December 2011, we sold the cargo systems and container businesses for approximately $280 million and realized

a gain of $126.8 million, net of tax.

Former Commercial Segment Divestiture

In March 2011, we sold the marine businesses that were engaged in the design, manufacture and distribution of
steering and throttle controls and engine and drive assemblies for the recreational marine market, heaters for commercial
vehicles and burner units for military field feeding appliances for $123.1 million, consisting of $101.6 million in cash, net of
$1.5 million of cash included in the marine business as part of the net assets sold, plus a subordinated promissory note in
the amount of $4.5 million (which has subsequently been repaid in full) and the assumption by the buyer of approximately
$15.5 million in liabilities related to the marine business. We realized a gain of $57.3 million, net of tax benefits, in
connection with the sale.

Looking ahead, our strategy is to continue to be opportunistic and focus our attention on adding a combination of
technology and strategic acquisitions to further strengthen our existing product portfolio within the medical technology
industry. Additionally, we will continue to identify opportunities to expand our margins by evaluating our existing product
portfolio and shedding product lines that do not meet our financial criteria as well as optimizing our overall facility footprint
to further reduce our cost base.

Health Care Reform

On March 23, 2010 the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was signed into law. This legislation will have a
significant impact on our business. For medical device companies such as Teleflex, the expansion of medical insurance
coverage should lead to greater utilization of the products we manufacture, but this legislation also contains provisions
designed to contain the cost of healthcare, which could negatively affect pricing of our products. In addition, commencing
in 2013, the legislation imposes a 2.3% excise tax on sales of medical devices. For the year ended December 31, 2013,
we paid medical device excise taxes of $11.5 million, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Global Economic Conditions

Global economic conditions have had adverse impacts on market activities including, among other things, failure of
financial institutions, falling asset values, diminished liquidity, and reduced demand for products and services. In
response, we adjusted production levels and engaged in new restructuring activities and we continue to review and
evaluate our manufacturing, warehousing and distribution processes to maximize efficiencies through the elimination of
redundancies in our operations and the consolidation of facilities. Although, on a consolidated basis, the economic
conditions did not have a significant adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, healthcare
policies and practice trends vary by country, and the impact of the global economic downturn was felt to varying degrees
in each of our regional markets over the last three years. The continuation of the present broad economic trends of weak
economic growth, constricted credit and public sector austerity measures in response to growing public budget deficits
could adversely affect our operations and our liquidity.

Hospitals in some regions of the United States experienced a decline in admissions, a weaker payor mix, and a
reduction in elective procedures. Hospitals consequently took actions to reduce their costs, including limiting their capital
spending. Distributors in the supply chain generally have reduced inventory levels and have not replenished inventories to
pre-recession levels. The impact of these actions is most pronounced in capital goods markets, which affected our
surgical instrument and cardiac assist businesses. More recently, the economic environment has improved somewhat, but
has not returned to pre-recession levels, and challenges persist, particularly in some European countries, as discussed
below. Approximately 92 percent of our net revenues come from single-use products primarily used in critical care and
surgical applications, and our sales volume could be negatively impacted if hospital admission rates or payor mix change
as a result of continuing high unemployment rates (and subsequent loss of insurance coverage by consumers).
Conversely, our sales volume could be positively impacted if there are additional insured individuals resulting from the
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.

In Europe, some countries have taken austerity measures due to the current economic climate. Elective surgeries
have been delayed and hospital budgets have been reduced. In certain countries (mainly Germany) we have seen
changes in the local reimbursement to home care patients and pricing impacts on business awarded through the
tendering process. These markets have introduced more buying groups and group purchasing organizations, or GPOs,
resulting in reductions in commodity product pricing. It is possible that funding for publically funded healthcare institutions
could be affected in the future as governments make further spending adjustments and enact healthcare reform measures
to lower overall healthcare costs. The public healthcare systems in certain countries in Western Europe, most notably
Greece, Spain, Portugal and Italy, have experienced significantly reduced liquidity due to recessionary conditions, which
has resulted in a slowdown in payments to us. We believe this situation will continue and may worsen unless and until
these countries are able to find alternative means of funding their respective public healthcare sectors.

In Asia, recovery from the global recession has varied by country. China has announced plans for major healthcare
investment targeted at second tier cities and hospitals, which may provide future growth opportunities for us, while slow
economic growth and continued pursuit of reimbursement cuts by the public hospital sector in Japan is expected to limit
growth in that market.

Results of Operations

The following comparisons exclude the impact of discontinued operations (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and “Discontinued Operations” in this “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of discontinued operations). Discussion of
constant currency excludes the impact of translating the results of international subsidiaries at different currency
exchange rates from year to year. Certain financial information is presented on a rounded basis, which may cause minor
differences.

Revenues

Information regarding net revenues by product group is provided in the following table:

Year Ended December 31

% Increase/(Decrease)

2013

2012

2011

2013 vs 2012

2012 vs 2011

Critical Care ........................................ $
Surgical Care ......................................
Cardiac Care ......................................
OEM and Development Services .......

1,182.7 $
306.5
75.9
131.2

(Dollars in millions)
1,040.3 $
291.1
79.4
140.2

1,005.4
276.9
80.6
129.6

Net Revenues ................................ $

1,696.3 $

1,551.0 $

1,492.5

13.7
5.3
(4.5)
(6.5)

9.4

3.5
5.1
(1.5)
8.2

3.9

The following table presents the percentage increases or decreases in product group net revenues during the years
ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 compared to the respective prior years on a constant currency basis, the impact of
foreign currency fluctuations on those revenues and the total increase or decrease in net revenues for the periods
presented:

% Increase/ (Decrease)

Critical Care .......................................................
Surgical Care .....................................................
Cardiac Care .....................................................
OEM and Development Services ......................

Constant
Currency(1)
13.4
4.5
(4.1)
(7.0)

Total Change ...............................................

9.0

2013 vs 2012
Currency
Impact

Total
Change

0.3
0.8
(0.4)
0.5

0.4

13.7
5.3
(4.5)
(6.5)

9.4

Constant
Currency(1)
6.5
7.9
2.4
9.5

6.8

2012 vs 2011
Currency
Impact

Total
Change

3.5
5.1
(1.5)
8.2

3.9

(3.0)
(2.8)
(3.9)
(1.3)

(2.9)

(1) Constant currency is a non-GAAP financial measure that measures the change in net revenues between current and
prior year periods by excluding the impact of translating the results of international subsidiaries at different currency
exchange rates from period to period. The constant currency increase/decrease percentage is calculated by
translating the prior year period’s local currency net revenues into an amount reflecting the current year period’s
foreign currency exchange rates and calculating the percentage difference between net revenues for the current year
period and net revenues for the prior year period. Management believes this measure is useful to investors because it
eliminates items that do not reflect our day-to-day operations. In addition, management uses this financial measure for
internal managerial purposes, when publicly providing guidance on possible future results, and to assist in our
evaluation of period-to-period comparisons. This financial measure may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures used by other companies, is presented in addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP and
should not be relied upon as a substitute for GAAP financial measures.

Comparison of 2013 and 2012

Net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 9.4% to $1,696.3 million from $1,551.0
million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The $145.3 million increase in net revenues is largely due to the
businesses acquired during 2012 and 2013, which generated net revenues of approximately $121.1 million in 2013,
including approximately $110.3 million generated by the LMA business. Net revenues further benefited from new products
($19.2 million) primarily in the Americas, EMEA and OEM, price increases ($15.2 million) in the Americas, EMEA and
Asia, volume gains in Asia ($9.3 million) and EMEA ($1.3 million) and the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange
rates ($5.7 million). These increases were partly offset by volume declines in the Americas ($14.7 million), in anesthesia,
respiratory, vascular, surgical and cardiac products, and OEM ($11.8 million), primarily on lower sales of catheters and
performance fibers.

Critical Care net revenues increased 13.7% in 2013 to $1,182.7 million from $1,040.3 million in 2012. On a constant
currency basis, net revenues increased 13.4% over the corresponding prior year period. The increase in net revenues for
the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 was due primarily to higher sales of anesthesia products as well as higher
sales of vascular, urology and interventional access products. The growth in sales of anesthesia products was primarily
related to the acquisition of the LMA business. The increase in net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31,
2013 was partially offset by a decline in sales of respiratory products.

Surgical Care net revenues increased 5.3% in 2013 to $306.5 million from $291.1 million in 2012. On a constant
currency basis, net revenues increased 4.5% over the corresponding prior year period. The increase in net revenues for
the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 was due to higher sales of ligation, suture and access products, partially
offset by a decline in sales of general surgical instrument products.

Cardiac Care net revenues decreased 4.5% to $75.9 million in 2013 from $79.4 million in 2012. On a constant
currency basis, net revenues decreased 4.1% over the corresponding prior year period. The decrease in net revenues for
the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to a decline in sales of intra-aortic balloon pumps.

OEM net revenues decreased 6.5% to $131.2 million in 2013 from $140.2 million in 2012. On a constant currency
basis, net revenues decreased 7.0% over the corresponding prior year period. The decrease in net revenues for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2013 was due to a decline in sales of catheter, extrusion and performance fiber
products.

Comparison of 2012 and 2011

Net revenues increased 3.9% in 2012 to $1,551.0 million from $1,492.5 million in 2011. The $58.5 million increase in
net revenues was largely due to higher volume (approximately $39.7 million), reflecting core growth in all segments,
acquisitions (approximately $25.3 million), primarily from our acquisition of LMA (approximately $24.4 million), price
increases (approximately $18.6 million) across all segments and new products (approximately $17.5 million) in North
America and EMEA. These increases were partly offset by the $42.3 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency
exchange rates in 2012.

Critical Care net revenues increased 3.5% in 2012 to $1,040.3 million from $1,005.4 million in 2011. Excluding the
impact of foreign currency exchange rates, net revenues increased 6.5% over the corresponding prior year period. The
increase in net revenues was due to higher sales of vascular access, anesthesia, urology and respiratory products.

Surgical Care net revenues increased 5.1% in 2012 to $291.1 million from $276.9 million in 2011. Excluding the
impact of foreign currency exchange rates, net revenues increased 7.9% over the corresponding prior year period. The
increase in net revenues was due to higher sales of ligation, general surgical instrument and closure products.

Cardiac Care net revenues decreased 1.5% in 2012 to $79.4 million from $80.6 million in 2011. Excluding the impact
of foreign currency exchange rates, net revenues increased 2.4% over the corresponding prior year period. The increase
in net revenues was due to higher sales of intra-aortic pumps and catheters.

OEM net revenues increased 8.2% in 2012 to $140.2 million from $129.6 million in 2011. Excluding the impact of
foreign currency exchange rates, net revenues increased 9.5% over the corresponding prior year period. The increase in
net revenues was due to higher sales of specialty suture and catheter fabrication products.

Gross profit

Gross profit ................................. $
Percentage of revenues .............

Comparison of 2013 and 2012

2013

838.9

2012
(Dollars in millions)
$

748.2

49.5%

48.2%

2011

708.8

47.5 %

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, gross profit as a percentage of revenues increased 130 basis
points compared to the corresponding prior year period. The increase is principally due to the inclusion of higher margin
sales from the LMA and Vidacare businesses, price increases in the Americas, EMEA and Asia, new products in the
Americas, EMEA and OEM, manufacturing efficiencies in EMEA and OEM and the favorable impact of foreign currency
exchange rates. In addition, gross profit in the 2012 period was adversely affected by inventory write-offs for excess, slow
moving and damaged product in Asia. These benefits were partly offset by higher warehousing and freight costs in the
Americas, EMEA and Asia, lower volumes in the Americas and OEM and higher product costs in the Americas and Asia.

Comparison of 2012 and 2011

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, gross profit as a percentage of revenues increased 70 basis points
compared to the corresponding prior year period. The increase is primarily due to price increases in all segments and
lower manufacturing costs in North America. In addition, 2011 gross profit reflected charges related to a stock keeping
unit (“SKU”) rationalization program we implemented to eliminate SKUs that provided low sales volume or insufficient
margins to help improve future profitability. The increases were partly offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency
exchange rates, higher manufacturing costs in EMEA and inventory write-offs for excess and slow moving product and
damaged product in Asia.

Selling, general and administrative

2013

2012
(Dollars in millions)

2011

Selling, general and

administrative ......................... $

502.2

454.5

423.9

Percentage of revenues .............

29.6%

29.3%

28.4 %

Comparison of 2013 and 2012

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $47.7 million during the twelve months ended December 31,
2013 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The increase is largely due to expenses associated with
the businesses acquired ($36.4 million), including $29.6 million in expenses associated with the LMA business, the excise
tax associated with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act ($11.5 million), higher employee related expenses,
increased costs associated with the conversion of several of our locations to a new enterprise resource planning system
($4.2 million), acquisition costs ($3.2 million) primarily related to the acquisition of Vidacare in the fourth quarter 2013,
higher legal costs ($5.8 million) due to increases in the legal reserve resulting from new developments during the year
related to certain ongoing litigation, including a verdict against us with respect to a non-operating joint venture, and
professional fees and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates ($1.1 million). The increases were partly offset by
$12.3 million reversals of contingent consideration related to the acquisitions of Hotspur Technologies Inc. ("Hotspur")
($8.5 million), Semprus BioSciences Corp. (“Semprus”) ($2.4 million) and the assets of Axiom Technology Partners LLP
(“Axiom”) ($1.4 million) after determining that certain conditions for the payment of certain contingent consideration would
not be satisfied. Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2012 also reflected the loss of $7.6 million from foreign
currency forward exchange contracts entered into in anticipation of the acquisition of the LMA business.

Comparison of 2012 and 2011

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $30.6 million in 2012. The increase is primarily due to higher
general and administrative costs across all segments, principally with respect to higher employee related costs ($15.1
million), incremental operating expenses associated with the businesses acquired ($14.7 million), a $7.6 million loss on
foreign currency forward exchange contracts entered into in anticipation of the acquisition of the LMA business,
acquisition related costs ($7.2 million) and higher selling costs ($4.8 million), generated by increased revenue and support
of new products. These increases were partly offset by favorable foreign currency exchange rates ($11.1 million). In
addition, 2011 expenses included increases in the valuation allowance with respect to the Greek government bonds that
we received in 2011 in settlement of trade receivables due to us from sales to the public hospital system in Greece ($4.5
million); approximately $2.2 million of net separation costs for our former CEO (comprised of $5.5 million of payments
under his employment agreement, less approximately $3.3 million of stock option and restricted share forfeitures) and
increases in litigation reserves ($1.7 million).

During the third quarter of 2012, we entered into forward exchange contracts for Singapore dollars and US dollars in
anticipation of the acquisition of the LMA business. In accordance with FASB guidance, a forecasted transaction is not
eligible for hedge accounting if the forecasted transaction involves a business combination. Therefore, gains and losses
relating to this arrangement were recognized as incurred. We realized a pre-tax loss of $7.6 million upon settlement of the
forward exchange contracts.

Research and development

Research and development ....... $
Percentage of revenues .............

2013

65.0

2012
(Dollars in millions)
$

56.3

3.8%

3.6%

2011

48.7

3.3 %

Comparison of 2013 and 2012

The increase in research and development expenses is primarily due to the businesses acquired in 2012.

Comparison of 2012 and 2011

The increase in research and development expenses in 2012, compared to 2011, principally reflects continued
investment in the new technologies obtained in the second quarter of 2012 through acquisitions and increased
investments related to vascular products in North America.

Goodwill impairment

In the first quarter 2012, we changed our North America reporting unit structure from a single reporting unit to five
reporting units comprised of Vascular, Anesthesia/Respiratory, Cardiac, Surgical and Specialty. We allocated the assets
and liabilities of our North America Segment among the new reporting units based on their respective operating activities,
and then allocated goodwill among the reporting units using a relative fair value approach, as required by FASB
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350.

Following this allocation, we performed goodwill impairment tests on these new reporting units. As a result of these
tests, we determined that three of the reporting units in our North America Segment were impaired, and, in the first quarter
of 2012, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $220 million in our Vascular reporting unit, $107 million in our
Anesthesia/Respiratory reporting unit and $5 million in our Cardiac reporting unit in the first quarter of 2012.

Restructuring and other impairment charges

LMA restructuring program ................................. $
2013 restructuring charges .................................
2012 restructuring charges .................................
2011 restructuring program ................................
2007 Arrow integration program .........................
In-process research and development

impairment ......................................................
Long-lived asset impairment ...............................
Investments in affiliates impairment ...................
Total .................................................................... $

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in millions)
2.5 $
—
2.4
—
(1.9 )

12.2 $
10.2
4.2
0.8
0.2

7.4
3.5
—
38.5 $

—
—
—
3.0 $

—
—
—
3.0
0.5

—
—
2.5
6.0

LMA Restructuring Program

In connection with the acquisition of LMA in 2012, we formulated a plan related to the future integration of LMA and
our businesses. The integration plan focuses on the closure of LMA corporate functions and the consolidation of
manufacturing, sales, marketing, and distribution functions in North America, Europe and Asia. Approximately $14.7
million has been charged to restructuring and other impairment charges over the term of this restructuring program. Of
this amount, $5.5 million related to employee termination costs, $8.2 million related to termination of certain distributor
agreements and $1.0 million related to facility closure costs and other actions. During the twelve months ended December
31, 2013, we incurred restructuring charges of $12.2 million under this program primarily related to employee termination
benefits and contract termination costs. During 2012, we incurred restructuring charges of $2.5 million under this program
primarily related to employee severance costs. As of December 31, 2013, we have a reserve of $4.7 million in connection
with this program. We expect future restructuring expenses associated with the LMA restructuring program, if any, to be
nominal. We anticipate realizing annual pre-tax savings in the range of $15-$20 million by the end of 2014 when these
restructuring actions are complete.

2013 Restructuring Charges

In 2013, we initiated programs to consolidate certain administrative and manufacturing facilities in North America and
warehouse facilities in Europe and terminate certain European distributor agreements in an effort to reduce costs. We
estimate that we will incur an aggregate of up to approximately $11 million in restructuring and other impairment charges
over the term of this restructuring program. Of this amount, $5 million relates to employee termination costs, $3 million
relates to termination of certain distributor agreements and $3 million relates to facility closures costs and other actions, of
which $2 million is associated with charges related to expected post-closing obligations related to acquired businesses.
For the twelve month ended December 31, 2013, we incurred restructuring charges of $10.2 million under this program,
primarily related to employee termination benefits, contract termination costs and charges related to post-closing
obligations associated with its acquired businesses. As of December 31, 2013, we have a reserve of $4.2 million in
connection with these projects. We expect to realize annual pre-tax savings in the range of $7-$10 million by the end of
2015 when these restructuring actions are complete.

2012 Restructuring Charges

In 2012, we identified opportunities to improve our supply chain strategy by consolidating three of our North American
warehouses into one centralized warehouse, and lower costs and improve operating efficiencies through the termination
of certain distributor agreements in Europe, the closure of certain North American facilities and workforce reductions.
These projects will entail costs related to reductions in force, contract terminations related to distributor agreements and
leases, and facility closure and other costs. During 2013, we incurred restructuring charges of $4.2 million and, as of
December 31, 2013, we had recorded a reserve of $1.5 million related to these projects. We expect to complete the
projects within the next twelve months. We expect future restructuring expenses associated with this restructuring
program, if any, to be nominal.

2011 Restructuring Program

In 2011, we initiated a restructuring program at three facilities to consolidate operations and reduce costs. In
connection with this program, we recorded contract termination costs of approximately $2.6 million associated with a
lease termination, as we vacated 50% of the premises during 2011. In addition, we recorded approximately $0.4 million
for employee termination benefits in connection with workforce consolidations. In 2013, we incurred approximately $0.8
million in contract termination costs and facility closure costs in connection with our exit from the remaining portion of the
leased facility. The 2011 restructuring program was completed during 2013.

2007 Arrow Integration Program

In connection with our acquisition of Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow”) in 2007, we formulated a plan to integrate
Arrow and our other businesses. Costs related to actions that affected employees and facilities of Teleflex were charged
to earnings and included in restructuring and other impairment charges within the consolidated statement of operations. In
2012 we reversed approximately $2.0 million of contract termination costs related to a settlement of a dispute involving
the termination of a European distributor agreement that was established in connection with our acquisition of Arrow. The
Arrow integration plan was completed during 2013.

Impairment Charges

In-process research and development impairments

In the fourth quarter 2013, we recorded a $2.9 million in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) charge after

we made the decision to abandon a research and development project associated with our vascular business.

In the first quarter 2013, we recorded a $4.5 million IPR&D charge pertaining to a research and development project
associated with the Axiom acquisition because technological feasibility had not yet been achieved and we determined that
the subject technology had no future alternative use.

In May 2012, we acquired Semprus, a biomedical research and development company that developed a polymer
surface treatment technology intended to reduce thrombus related complications. As of December 31, 2013, we continue
to experience difficulties with respect to the development of the Semprus technology, which we are attempting to resolve
through further research and testing. Failure to resolve these issues may result in a reduction of the expected future cash
flows related to the Semprus technology and could result in recognition of impairment charges with respect to the related
assets, which could be material. As of December 31, 2013, we have recorded net assets of $42 million related to this
investment.

Long-lived asset impairment

In the third quarter 2013, we recorded $3.5 million in impairment charges related to assets held for sale that had a

carrying value in excess of their appraised fair value.

Investments in affiliates impairment

During 2011, we recognized net impairment charges of $2.5 million related to the decline in value of our investments
in affiliates that are considered to be other than temporary. In making this determination, we considered multiple factors,
including our intent and ability to hold investments, operating losses of investees that demonstrate an inability to recover
the carrying value of the investments, the investee’s liquidity and cash position and market acceptance of the investee’s
products and services.

For additional information regarding our restructuring programs and impairment charges, see Note 4 to the

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Interest income and expense

Interest expense ........................................................ $
Average interest rate on debt during the year ...........
Interest income .......................................................... $
41

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in millions)

56.9
3.92%
(0.6) $

69.6
$
4.15 %
(1.6 ) $

70.3
5.18%
(1.3)

Interest expense decreased for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to the corresponding period
in 2012, primarily because 2012 interest expense included amortization expense related to our termination of an interest
rate swap (approximately $11.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012). We terminated our agreement
related to the interest rate swap, covering a notional amount of $350 million, in 2011. The unrealized losses within
accumulated other comprehensive income associated with our interest rate swap were reclassified into our statement of
income (loss) during 2012.

Interest expense decreased $0.7 million in 2012 compared to 2011 due to lower average interest rates, partially offset

by approximately $15 million higher average outstanding debt.

Loss on extinguishments of debt

Loss on extinguishments of debt .............................. $

1.3 $

—

15.4

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in millions)

During the third quarter of 2013, the Company refinanced its $775.0 million senior credit facility comprised of a $375.0
million term loan and a $400.0 million revolving credit facility with a new $850.0 million senior credit facility consisting
solely of a revolving credit facility. In connection with the refinancing the Company recognized debt extinguishment costs
of $1.3 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs.

During 2011, we recorded losses on the extinguishment of debt of $15.4 million as a result of the prepayment, in the
first quarter of 2011, of the remaining outstanding principal amount of our senior notes issued in 2004 (the “2004 Notes”)
and the $125 million repayment, in the second quarter of 2011, of term loan borrowings under our senior credit facility. In
connection with the prepayment of our 2004 Notes, we recognized debt extinguishment costs of approximately $14.6
million related to the prepayment “make-whole” amount of $13.9 million paid to the holders of the 2004 Notes and the
write-off of $0.7 million of unamortized debt issuance costs that we incurred prior to the prepayment of the 2004 Notes.
During the second quarter of 2011, we recorded a $0.8 million write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs as a loss on
extinguishment of debt in connection with the $125 million repayment of term loan borrowings. See Note 8 to the
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Taxes on income from continuing operations

2013

2012

2011

Effective income tax rate ............................................

13.4%

(9.9) %

17.8%

The effective income tax rate in 2013 was 13.4% compared to (9.9%) in 2012. Taxes on income from continuing
operations in 2013 were $23.5 million compared to $16.4 million in 2012. The effective tax rate for 2013 was impacted by
the realization of net tax benefits resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitation for U.S. federal and state and foreign
matters, tax benefits associated with U.S. and foreign tax return filings and the realization of tax benefits resulting from the
resolution of a foreign tax matter.

The effective income tax rate in 2012 was (9.9%) compared to 17.8% in 2011. Taxes on income from continuing
operations in 2012 were $16.4 million compared to $25.8 million in 2011. The effective income tax rate in 2012 was
impacted by a $332 million goodwill impairment charge recorded in the first quarter of 2012, for which only $45 million was
tax deductible.

Segment Results

Segment Net Revenues

2013

Americas ...........................................................$
EMEA ...............................................................
Asia ...................................................................
OEM .................................................................
Segment Net Revenues ................................$

Segment Operating Profit

Year Ended December 31
2012
(Dollars in millions)
726.8 $
510.3
173.7
140.2
1,551.0 $

800.5 $
557.4
207.2
131.2
1,696.3 $

2013

Year Ended December 31
2012
(Dollars in millions)
91.7 $
54.7
59.4
31.7
237.5 $

97.4 $
76.2
70.8
27.3
271.7 $

2011

% Increase/(Decrease)
2013 vs 2012 2012 vs 2011

688.0
525.3
149.6
129.6
1,492.5

10.1
9.2
19.3
(6.5)
9.4

5.6
(2.9)
16.1
8.2
3.9

2011

% Increase/(Decrease)
2013 vs 2012 2012 vs 2011

90.1
74.3
47.1
24.7
236.2

6.3
39.2
19.1
(13.7)
14.4

1.8
(26.3)
26.2
28.2
0.6

(1) See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation
of segment operating profit to our consolidated income/(loss) from continuing operations before interest, loss on
extinguishments of debt and taxes.

The following is a discussion of our segment operating results.

Comparison of 2013 and 2012

Americas

Americas net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 10.1% compared to the
corresponding period in 2012. The increase was primarily due to businesses acquired in 2012 and 2013, which added net
revenues of $67.1 million, including $60.5 million generated by the LMA business and $5.8 million generated by the
Vidacare business; new product sales ($13.6 million), primarily of vascular and anesthesia/respiratory products; and price
increases ($8.8 million), principally related to surgical care products, vascular products and Latin America. These
increases in net revenues were partly offset by lower volumes ($14.7 million), primarily in anesthesia/respiratory products,
vascular products, surgical instruments and cardiac products and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange
rates ($1.1 million).

Americas segment operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 6.3% compared to the
corresponding period in 2012. The increase was primarily due to the operating profit generated by certain of the
businesses acquired in 2012 and 2013 including LMA ($25.4 million) and Vidacare ($3.5 million), the reversal of
contingent consideration related to the Hotspur, Semprus and Axiom acquisitions ($11.1 million), price increases ($8.8
million) and new product sales ($5.1 million). The increases in operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31,
2013 were partially offset by the excise tax associated with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act ($11.3 million),
volume declines ($9.9 million), higher general and administrative costs ($7.9 million), higher raw material costs ($6.5
million) primarily in specialty products and anesthesia/respiratory products, increased research and development costs
($4.8 million) driven by the continued investment in new technologies obtained through acquisitions in 2012 and 2013,
incremental operating costs associated with those same acquisitions ($4.0 million) and higher manufacturing costs ($3.8
million) primarily in anesthesia respiratory products.

EMEA

EMEA net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 9.2% compared to the corresponding
period in 2012. The increase was primarily due to businesses acquired in 2012 and 2013, which added net revenues of
$25.6 million, including $24.2 million generated by the LMA business; the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange
rates ($11.6 million), price increases ($5.7 million) including the benefit of selling direct to customers in some markets
rather than to a third party distributor, new product sales ($2.9 million) and volume gains ($1.3 million).

EMEA segment operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 39.2% compared to the
corresponding period in 2012. The increase in operating profit reflects lower manufacturing costs ($6.2 million), due to
improved absorption and lower overhead costs as a result of process improvements; margin improvements driven by
price increases resulting from conversions from distributor to direct sales in some markets as well as other price increases
($4.6 million), the operating profit generated by the businesses acquired ($2.1 million), primarily the LMA business ($3.6
million), partially offset by higher research and development costs related to the Semprus acquisition ($1.2 million); the
favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates ($2.3 million) and lower material costs ($1.9 million). These increases
in operating profit were partly offset by higher warehousing and freight costs ($3.2 million), including costs to consolidate a
distribution facility in France. In 2012, EMEA segment operating profit was adversely impacted by a $7.6 million loss from
foreign currency forward exchange contracts entered into in anticipation of the acquisition of the LMA business.

Asia

Asia net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 19.3% compared to the corresponding
period in 2012. The increase was primarily due to $28.3 million of net revenues generated by the businesses acquired in
2012 and 2013, including $25.6 million generated by the LMA business, volume gains of $9.3 million (volume gains in
China and Southeast Asia were largely offset by lower volumes in Japan), price increases ($1.1 million) and new products
($0.3 million). These increases were partly offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates ($5.5
million).

Asia segment operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 19.1% compared to the
corresponding period in 2012. The increase in segment operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013
was due to the operating profit generated by the businesses acquired in 2012 and 2013 ($7.7 million), primarily the LMA
business ($7.2 million), volume gains ($6.7 million) and price increases ($1.1 million), partly offset by higher warehouse
and freight costs ($2.2 million) associated with the volume gains in China and Southeast Asia, higher raw material costs
($2.2 million) in Japan and an unfavorable impact from foreign currency transaction losses ($2.2 million) . In addition,
during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, Asia segment operating profit was adversely affected by inventory
write-offs for excess, slow moving and damaged product ($4.9 million).

OEM

OEM net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 decreased 6.5% compared to the corresponding
period in 2012. The decrease was due to lower volume, primarily due to a decline in sales of catheter and performance
fiber products, partly offset by new product sales.

OEM segment operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 decreased 13.7% compared to the
corresponding period in 2012. The decrease is due to lower volumes partly offset by lower manufacturing and operating
costs.

Comparison of 2012 and 2011

Americas

Americas net revenues increased 5.6% in 2012 compared to the corresponding period in 2011. The increase includes
approximately $14.6 million related to acquisitions in 2012, primarily LMA; $9.5 million related to new product sales,
primarily in vascular, anesthesia, respiratory and surgical products; price increases of approximately $9.6 million, primarily
in surgical, vascular and Latin America products; and approximately $6.4 million due to higher volume, primarily in
anesthesia, respiratory, Latin America and surgical products.

Americas segment operating profit increased 1.8% in 2012 compared to the corresponding period in 2011. The
increase reflects the favorable impact of higher net revenues and lower manufacturing costs. These increases were partly
offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($28.5 million) and higher research and development
expenses ($7.6 million). The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is largely due to employee related
costs, operating expenses and acquisition costs associated with the businesses acquired in 2012 ($11.7 million) and
higher sales and marketing expenses (approximately $4.0 million), primarily in support of new products. The increase in
research and development expenses is due to costs associated with the new technologies obtained in the second quarter
of 2012 through acquisitions ($5.6 million), In addition, 2011 included a SKU rationalization charge (approximately $1.3
million) to eliminate SKUs based on low sales volumes or insufficient margins.

EMEA

EMEA net revenues decreased 2.9% in 2012 compared to the corresponding period in 2011. The decrease reflects
the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates (approximately $39.1 million). The foreign currency exchange
rate impact was partly offset by higher volume of approximately $13.1 million, primarily in urology, surgical and anesthesia
products, partly offset by a decline in cardiac products, 2012 acquisitions ($5.6 million), primarily LMA, new product sales
($3.5 million) and price increases ($1.8 million).

EMEA segment operating profit decreased 26.3% in 2012 compared to the corresponding period in 2011. The
decrease was primarily due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates ($13.3 million), operating
expenses and acquisition costs associated with 2012 acquisitions ($8.7 million), a loss on foreign currency forward
exchange contracts entered into in anticipation of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of LMA ($7.6 million) and
higher manufacturing costs, partly offset by higher revenues. In addition, EMEA segment operating profit in 2011 included
an increase in the valuation allowance related to the Greek government bonds ($4.5 million).

Asia

Asia net revenues increased 16.1% in 2012 compared to the corresponding period in 2011. The increase was due to
higher volume of approximately $15.5 million, mostly due to sales growth in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China,
$5.1 million related to acquisitions in 2012, primarily LMA, and $4.1 million related to price increases.

Asia segment operating profit increased 26.2% in 2012 compared to the corresponding period in 2011. The increase
is due to the increase in revenues, partly offset by inventory write-offs for excess, slow moving and damaged product
(approximately $4.9 million) and operating expenses and acquisitions costs associated with acquisitions we completed in
2012 ($1.4 million).

OEM

OEM net revenues increased 8.2% in 2012 compared to the corresponding period in 2011. The increase was due to
higher volume of approximately $4.7 million, which benefited from core growth, new products ($4.5 million) and price
increases ($3.1 million).

OEM segment operating profit increased 28.2% in 2012 compared to the corresponding period in 2011. The increase

reflects the higher net revenues and lower manufacturing costs, partly offset by higher general and administrative costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing activities.
Our principal source of liquidity is operating cash flows. In addition to operating cash flows, other significant factors that
affect our overall management of liquidity include: capital expenditures, acquisitions, pension funding, dividends,
adequacy of available bank lines of credit and access to capital markets.

We currently do not foresee any difficulties in meeting our cash requirements or accessing credit as needed in the
next twelve months. To date, we have not experienced significant payment defaults by our customers, and we have
sufficient lending commitments in place to enable us to fund our anticipated additional operating needs. However, as
discussed above in Global Economic Conditions, although there have been recent improvements, the domestic and global
financial markets remain volatile and the global credit markets are constrained, which creates risk that our customers and
suppliers may be unable to access liquidity. Consequently, we continue to monitor our credit risk, particularly related to
countries in Europe. As of December 31, 2013, our net receivables from publicly funded hospitals in Italy, Spain, Portugal
and Greece were $63.1 million compared to $70.6 million as of December 31, 2012. For the twelve months ended
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, net revenues from these countries was approximately 8%, 9% and 9%, respectively,
of total net revenues, and average days that current and long-term accounts receivables were outstanding were 260, 288
and 318 days, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 net current and long-term accounts receivables from
these countries were approximately 31% and 34%, respectively, of consolidated net current and long-term accounts
receivables. If economic conditions in these countries deteriorate, we may experience significant credit losses related to
the public hospital systems in these countries. Moreover, if global economic conditions generally deteriorate, we may
experience further delays in customer payments, reductions in our customers’ purchases and higher credit losses, which
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows in 2014 and beyond. See Critical
Accounting Estimates for additional information regarding the critical accounting estimates related to our accounts
receivable.

During 2013, we completed the acquisitions of Vidacare Corporation and Ultimate Medical Pty. Ltd., whose products
complement the product portfolios in our Critical Care product group, and Eon Surgical, Ltd, whose technology
complements the product portfolio in our Surgical Care product group. The aggregate fair value of the consideration paid
for these acquisitions was $307.0 million. We allocated the fair value of the $307.0 million consideration paid to assets
acquired of $401.2 million, less liabilities assumed of $94.2 million. The assets acquired included intangibles for
intellectual property, in-process research and development, customer lists, tradenames and goodwill, aggregating
approximately $378.8 million. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form
10-K for additional information regarding our acquisitions.

During 2013, we also refinanced our senior credit facility, replacing our existing $375.0 million term loan and our
existing $400.0 million revolving credit facility with an $850.0 million dollar revolving credit facility. We used borrowings
under the new revolving credit facility to pay down the $375 million principal on the term loan and to fund the related
refinancing costs of $6.4 million. The new $850 million senior credit facility bears interest at an applicable rate elected by
us equal to either the “base rate” (the greater of either the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, the prime rate or one
month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus an applicable margin of 0.25% to 1.00%, or a “LIBOR rate” for the period corresponding to
the applicable interest period of the borrowings plus an applicable margin of 1.25% to 2.00%. As of December 31, 2013,
the interest rate on the $850 million senior credit facility was 1.92% (comprised of the LIBOR rate of 0.17% plus a spread
of 1.75%).

In 2012, we completed four late-stage technology acquisitions and expanded our anesthesia product portfolio through
the acquisition of all of the assets of LMA International N.V. The aggregate fair value of the consideration paid was
approximately $422.2 million, which includes initial consideration of approximately $367.9 million, contingent consideration
arrangements related to the businesses acquired, which were valued at $55.8 million, and a subsequent $1.5 million
favorable working capital adjustment. As of December 31, 2013, the maximum aggregate amount of remaining actual
contingent consideration that we could be required to pay is $62 million. We allocated the fair value of the $422.2 million
consideration paid to assets acquired of $470.5 million, net of liabilities assumed of $48.3 million. The assets acquired
included intangibles for technology, in-process research and development, customer lists, tradenames and goodwill,
aggregating approximately $380.5 million.

We manage our worldwide cash requirements by monitoring the funds available among our subsidiaries and
determining the extent to which we can access those funds on a cost effective basis. Of our $432.0 million of cash and
cash equivalents at December 31, 2013, $374.3 million was held at foreign subsidiaries. We are not aware of any
restrictions on repatriation of these funds and, subject to cash payment of additional United States income taxes or foreign
withholding taxes, these funds could be repatriated, if necessary. Any additional taxes could be offset, at least in part, by
foreign tax credits. The amount of any taxes required to be paid, which could be significant, and the application of tax
credits would be determined based on income tax laws in effect at the time of such repatriation. We do not expect any
such repatriation to result in additional tax expense as taxes have been provided for on unremitted foreign earnings that
we do not consider permanently reinvested.

In addition to the net cash provided by United States-based operating activities, we have foreign sources of cash
available to help fund our debt service requirements in the United States. Accordingly, we repatriated approximately $67
million and $56 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, of cash from our foreign subsidiaries to help fund debt service and
other cash requirements. These cash distributions are subject to tax in the United States at the corporate tax rate
reduced by applicable foreign tax credits for foreign taxes paid on distributed earnings. Approximately $92.7 million of our
$229.9 million of net cash provided by operating activities in 2013 was generated in the United States, and approximately
$46.1 million of our $193.9 million of net cash provided by operating activities in 2012 was generated in the United States.

We have no scheduled principal payments under our senior credit facility until 2018. We anticipate our domestic
interest payments for 2014 will be approximately $46.3 million. We plan to utilize cash from operations, both from United
States as well as foreign based operations, and our revolving credit facility to meet quarterly debt service or other
requirements.

Our Convertible Notes were reclassified to a current liability because a contingent conversion feature was triggered

relating to our stock price. Refer to the “Financing Arrangements” section below for additional details.

We believe our cash flow from operations, available cash and cash equivalents, borrowings under our revolving credit
facility and sales of accounts receivable under our securitization program will enable us to fund our operating
requirements, capital expenditures and debt obligations for the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. See financial
arrangements for further information relating to our debt obligations, including our 3.875% Convertible Senior
Subordinated Notes.

Cash Flows

The following table provides a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
2012

2011

2013

(Dollars in millions)

Cash flows from continuing operations provided

by (used in):

Operating activities ...................................... $
Investing activities ........................................
Financing activities ......................................
Cash flows used in discontinued operations ........
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and

cash Equivalents ..............................................
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .. $

229.9 $
(372.6 )
232.6
(3.3 )

193.9 $
(368.3 )
(64.9 )
(10.1 )

8.3
94.9 $

2.4
(247.0 ) $

94.4
306.7
(11.1 )
(2.8 )

(11.6 )
375.6

Comparison of 2013 and 2012

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Operating activities from continuing operations provided net cash of $229.9 million during 2013 compared to $193.9
million during 2012. The $36.0 million increase is primarily due to improved operations year-over-year, partially offset by
net unfavorable year-over-year changes in working capital items, primarily inventories and prepaid expenses and other
current assets. Inventories increased $8.9 million during 2013, as compared to a $2.0 million increase during 2012. The
increase was due to sales volume growth, primarily in Asia. Prepaid expenses and other current assets increased $5.9
million during 2013, as compared to a $9.6 million decrease during 2012, primarily due to the collection of outstanding
VAT claims in 2012.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $372.6 million during 2013, reflecting net
payments for businesses acquired of $309.0 million and capital expenditures of $63.6 million. The net payments for
businesses acquired includes the acquisitions of Vidacare, EON Surgical, Ltd. and Ultimate Medical Pty. Ltd. for an
aggregate amount of approximately $307.0 million; and an asset purchase of $3.4 million for in-process research and
development related to the EON Surgical technology, partly offset by a $1.5 million working capital adjustment with
respect to the consideration paid in connection with the LMA acquisition.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations was $232.6 million during 2013. On July 16, 2013, we
refinanced our senior credit facility, which was comprised of a $375 million term loan and $400.0 million revolving credit
facility, and replaced it with a new $850.0 million senior credit facility consisting solely of a revolving credit facility. We
used borrowings under the new facility to repay the outstanding $375.0 million term loan and to pay costs of $6.4 million
associated with the refinancing. During the fourth quarter of 2013, we borrowed an additional $298.0 million under the
revolving credit facility to finance the acquisition of Vidacare. In addition, net cash used in financing activities included
dividend payments of $55.9 million, contingent consideration payments of $17.0 million related to our acquisitions of
VasoNova Inc. (“VasoNova”), Axiom, LMA, Hotspur and the guided imaging business of MEPY Benelux BVBA and
payments to noncontrolling interest shareholders of $0.7 million, partly offset by $7.6 million in proceeds from the exercise
of outstanding stock options issued under our stock compensation plans.

Comparison of 2012 and 2011

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Operating activities from continuing operations provided net cash of approximately $193.9 million during 2012
compared to $94.4 million during 2011. The $99.5 million increase is primarily due to favorable year-over-year changes in
working capital items, primarily accounts receivable (favorable year-over-year by $40.6 million), inventory (favorable year-
over-year by $31.8 million) and prepaid expenses and other current assets (favorable year-over-year by $18.1 million).
The year-over-year improvement in working capital from accounts receivable reflects a significant collection of receivables
from the Spanish government (approximately $17.5 million) during the second quarter of 2012, largely offset by higher net
revenues in 2012 in the Americas and EMEA. The comparatively unfavorable change in accounts receivable in 2011
reflected the effect of the termination of a factoring agreement in Italy (approximately $30.4 million) and a slowdown in
collections particularly in Italy, Spain and Greece (approximately $18.1 million). The year-over-year improvement in
working capital related to inventories reflects a 2012 reduction in the build-up of inventory in 2011 and inventory write-offs
of excess, slow moving and damaged product in Asia in 2012. The 2011 increase in inventory reflected a planned
worldwide build-up of inventory primarily to improve service levels by accelerating fulfillment of customer orders. The
inventory increases in 2011 also included a $7.1 million increase in the Asia Pacific region to stock a new distribution
facility in Singapore. The year-over-year improvement in working capital from prepaid expenses and other current assets
primarily reflects the collection of outstanding 2011 VAT claims in 2012. These favorable year-over-year comparisons
were partly offset by a reduction in deferred tax liability associated with potential future repatriation of non-permanently
reinvested foreign earnings in 2012.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $368.3 million during 2012 reflecting payments
for businesses acquired of $369.4 million, which includes the aggregate initial consideration we paid in connection with
the acquisitions (principally LMA), and capital expenditures of $65.4 million, partly offset by the proceeds from sales of
businesses and assets of $66.7 million. The proceeds from sales of businesses and assets include $45.1 million from the
sale of our orthopedic business, $16.8 million that we received as a working capital adjustment pursuant to the terms of
the agreement related to the sale of the cargo systems and container businesses of our former Aerospace Segment, $4.5
million from the payment of a subordinated promissory note related to the sale of the marine business of our former
Commercial Segment and proceeds of $0.3 million from the sale of a building.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations was $64.9 million in 2012, primarily due to dividend
payments of $55.6 million and approximately $17.6 million for contingent consideration payments related to our 2011
acquisition of VasoNova and our 2012 acquisitions of, Semprus, the assets of Axiom and the EZ Blocker product line,
partly offset by $9.0 million in proceeds from the exercise of outstanding stock options issued under our stock
compensation plans.

Financing Arrangements

The following table provides our net debt to total capital ratio:

2013

2012

(Dollars in millions)

Net debt includes:

Current borrowings ............................................................. $
Long-term borrowings ........................................................
Unamortized debt discount .................................................
Total debt ............................................................................
Less: Cash and cash equivalents .......................................
Net debt .......................................................................... $

356.3 $
930.0

48.4
1,334.7
432.0
902.7 $

4.7
965.3
59.7
1,029.7
337.0
692.7

Total capital includes:

Net debt .............................................................................. $
Shareholders’ equity ...........................................................
Total capital .................................................................... $
Percent of net debt to total capital ..........................................

902.7 $
1,913.5
2,816.2 $
32 %

692.7
1,779.0
2,471.7
28%

The increase in percentage of net debt to total capital in 2013 compared to 2012 was largely due to the increase in
total debt partially offset by an increase in cash and cash equivalents. The increase in total debt was a result of additional
borrowings made during the year to fund acquisitions and the increase in cash and cash equivalents was primarily a result
of improved operations.

Fixed rate borrowings comprised 49% and 63% of total borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Our senior credit agreement and the indenture under which we issued our 6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2019 (the "2019 Notes") contain covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability, and the ability of our
subsidiaries, to incur debt, create liens, consolidate, merge or dispose of certain assets, make certain investments,
engage in acquisitions, pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock and enter into swap
agreements. Our senior credit agreement also requires us to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio of not more than 4.0:1
and a consolidated interest coverage ratio (generally, Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense, each as
defined in the senior credit agreement) of not less than 3.50:1 as of the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters calculated pursuant to the definitions and methodology set forth in the senior credit agreement. At December 31,
2013, our consolidated leverage ratio was 3.60:1 and our interest coverage ratio was 8.80:1 both of which are in
compliance with the limits described in the preceding sentence. The obligations under the senior credit agreement are
guaranteed (subject to certain exceptions) by substantially all of the material domestic subsidiaries of the Company and
(subject to certain exceptions and limitations) secured by a pledge on substantially all of the equity interests owned by the
Company and each guarantor.

At December 31, 2013, we had $680.0 million in borrowings outstanding and approximately $5.9 million in outstanding
standby letters of credit under our $850.0 million revolving credit facility. This facility is used principally for seasonal
working capital needs and, at certain times, to help fund acquisitions. The availability of loans under our revolving credit
facility is dependent upon our ability to maintain our financial condition and our continued compliance with the covenants
contained in our senior credit agreement. Moreover, additional borrowings would be prohibited if a Material Adverse Effect
(as defined in the senior credit agreement) were to occur. Notwithstanding these restrictions, we believe our revolving
credit facility provides us with significant flexibility to meet our foreseeable working capital needs. At our current level of
EBITDA (as defined in the senior credit agreement) for the year ended December 31, 2013, we would have been
permitted $146.7 million of additional debt beyond the levels outstanding at December 31, 2013. Moreover, additional
capacity would be available if borrowed funds were used to acquire a business or businesses through the purchase of
assets or controlling equity interests so long as the aforementioned leverage and interest coverage ratios are met after
calculating EBITDA on a proforma basis to give effect to the acquisition.

As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all of the terms of our senior credit agreement and our 2019
Notes, and we expect to continue to be in compliance with the terms of these agreements, including the leverage and
interest coverage ratios under our senior credit agreement, throughout 2014.

In addition, we have an accounts receivable securitization facility under which we sell a security interest in domestic
accounts receivable for consideration of up to $50.0 million to a commercial paper conduit. As of December 31, 2013, the
maximum amount available for borrowing under this facility was $43.9 million. This facility is utilized from time to time to
provide increased flexibility in funding short term working capital requirements. The agreement governing the accounts
receivable securitization facility contains certain covenants and termination events. An occurrence of an event of default
or a termination event under this facility may give rise to the right of our counterparty to terminate this facility. As of
December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had $4.7 million of outstanding borrowings under our accounts receivable securitization
facility.

Our 3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Convertible Notes”) are included in the dilutive
earnings per share calculation using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, we must calculate the
number of shares issuable under the terms of these notes based on the average market price of our common stock during
the applicable reporting period, and include that number in the total diluted shares figure for the period. At the time we
sold our convertible notes, we entered into convertible note hedge and warrant agreements that together are intended to
have the economic effect of reducing the net number of shares that will be issued upon conversion of the notes by, in
effect, increasing the conversion price of the Convertible Notes, from our economic standpoint, to $74.65. However, under
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP”), since the impact of the convertible
note hedge agreements is anti-dilutive, we exclude from the calculation of fully diluted shares the number of shares of our
common stock that we would receive from the counterparties to these agreements upon settlement.

Under the treasury stock method, changes in the share price of our common stock can have a significant impact on
the number of shares that we must include in the fully diluted earnings per share calculation. The following table provides
examples of how changes in our stock price would impact the number of additional shares included in the denominator of
the fully diluted earnings per share calculation ("Total Treasury Stock Method Incremental Shares"). The table also
reflects the impact on the number of shares we could expect to issue upon concurrent settlement of the Convertible
Notes, the warrant and the convertible note hedge ("Incremental Shares Issued by Teleflex upon Conversion"):

Share Price
$65
$75

$85
$95
$105
$115

Convertible Note
Shares

Warrant
Shares

370
1,190

1,817
2,313
2,714
3,045

—
31

794
1,398
1,886
2,289

Total Treasury
Stock Method
Incremental

(1)

Shares Due to
Teleflex under
Note Hedge

Incremental
Shares Issued
by
Teleflex upon
(2)
Conversion

370
1,221

2,611
3,711
4,600
5,334

(370)
(1,190)
(1,817)
(2,313)
(2,714)
(3,045)

—
31

794
1,398
1,886
2,289

(1) Represents the number of incremental shares that must be included in the calculation of fully diluted shares

under GAAP.

(2) Represents the number of incremental shares to be issued by us upon conversion of the convertible notes, assuming

concurrent settlement of the convertible note hedges and warrants.

Our 3.875% Convertible Notes are convertible under certain circumstances, including in any fiscal quarter following an
immediately preceding fiscal quarter in which the last reported sales price of our common stock for at least 20 days during
a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter exceeds 130% of the conversion
price of the notes (approximately $79.72). During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company’s closing stock price exceeded
the 130% threshold described above and, accordingly, the Convertible Notes have been classified as a current liability as
of December 31, 2013. The determination of whether or not the Convertible Notes are convertible under such
circumstances is made each quarter until maturity or conversion. Consequently, the Convertible Notes may not be
convertible in one or more future quarters if the common stock price-based contingent conversion threshold is not met in
such quarters, in which case the Convertible Notes would again be classified as long-term debt unless another conversion
event set forth in the Convertible Notes has occurred. The Company has elected a net settlement method to satisfy its
conversion obligation, under which the Company may settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes in cash and
settle the excess conversion value in shares, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. While the Company believes it has
sufficient liquidity to repay the principal amounts due through a combination of utilizing our existing cash on hand and
accessing our credit facility, our use of these funds could adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity. The
classification of the Convertible Notes as a current liability had no impact on our financial covenants.

For additional information regarding our indebtedness, please see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Stock Repurchase Programs

On June 14, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of our outstanding common
stock. Repurchases of our stock under the Board authorization may be made from time to time in the open market and
may include privately-negotiated transactions as market conditions warrant and subject to regulatory considerations. The
stock repurchase program has no expiration date and our ability to execute on the program will depend on, among other
factors, cash requirements for acquisitions, cash generated from operations, debt repayment obligations, market
conditions and regulatory requirements. In addition, our senior credit facility and our 2019 Notes limit our ability to
repurchase shares and make other restricted payments. Accordingly, these provisions may limit our ability to repurchase
shares under this Board authorization. Through December 31, 2013, no shares have been purchased under this Board
authorization.

Contractual Obligations

Contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

Total

Less than
1 year

Total borrowings(1) .............................................. $ 1,334,700
Interest obligations(2) ..........................................
210,023
110,363
Operating lease obligations ................................
Minimum purchase obligations(3) ........................
1,733
Other postretirement benefits .............................
38,182
Total contractual obligations .............................. $ 1,695,001

$ 404,700
46,270
21,704
1,733
3,381
$ 477,788

Payments due by period

4-5
1-3
years
Years
(Dollars in thousands)

— $ 680,000
64,188
22,439
—
7,415
130,247 $ 774,042

92,455
30,753
—
7,039

More than
5 years

$ 250,000
7,110
35,467
—
20,347
$ 312,924

(1)

Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due in 2017 are included in payment due in less than 1 year due to the trigger
of the conversion feature, which is described in more detail in the “Financing Arrangements” section above. Total
borrowings also include $4.7 million under the securitization program. See to Note 8 to the consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details regarding this program.
(2) Interest payments on floating rate debt are based on the interest rate in effect on December 31, 2013.
(3)

Purchase obligations are defined as agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally
binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or
variable pricing provisions based on prices in effect on a particular date and the approximate timing of the
transactions. These obligations relate primarily to material purchase requirements.

We have recorded a noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions of $55.2 million and $62.0 million as of December 31,
2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Due to uncertainties regarding the ultimate resolution of ongoing or future tax
examinations we are not able to reasonably estimate the amount of any income tax payments to settle uncertain income tax
positions or the periods in which any such payments will be made.

In 2013, cash contributions to all defined benefit pension plans were $17.7 million, and we estimate the amount of cash
contributions will be approximately $9.3 million in 2014. Due to the potential impact of future plan investment performance,
changes in interest rates, changes in other economic and demographic assumptions and changes in legislation in the United
States and other foreign jurisdictions, we are not able to reasonably estimate the timing and amount of contributions that may
be required to fund our defined benefit plans for periods beyond 2014.

See Notes 13 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for

additional information.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

We have identified the following as critical accounting estimates, which are defined as those that are reflective of
significant judgments and uncertainties, are the most pervasive and important to the presentation of our financial condition
and results of operations and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and
conditions.

Accounting for Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

In the ordinary course of business, we grant non-interest bearing trade credit to our customers on normal credit
terms. In an effort to reduce our credit risk, we (i) establish credit limits for all of our customer relationships, (ii) perform
ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition, (iii) monitor the payment history and aging of our
customers’ receivables, and (iv) monitor open orders against an individual customer’s outstanding receivable balance.

An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for accounts receivable based on our historical collection experience
and expected collectability of the accounts receivable, considering the period an account is outstanding, the financial
position of the customer and information provided by credit rating services. The adequacy of this allowance is reviewed
each reporting period and adjusted as necessary.

In light of the volatility in global economic markets during the past several years, we instituted enhanced measures to
facilitate customer-by-customer risk assessment when estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts. Such measures
included, among others, monthly credit control committee meetings, at which customer credit risks are identified after
review of, among other things, accounts that exceed specified credit limits, payment delinquencies and other customer
problems. In addition, for some of our non-government customers, we instituted measures designed to reduce our risk
exposures, including issuing dunning letters, reducing credit limits, requiring that payments accompany orders and
instituting legal action with respect to delinquent accounts. With respect to government customers, we evaluate
receivables for potential collection risks associated with the availability of government funding and reimbursement
practices.

Some of our customers, particularly in Europe, have extended or delayed payments for products and services already
provided. Collectability concerns regarding our accounts receivable from these customers, for the most part in Greece,
Italy, Spain and Portugal, is the primary cause for the increase in the allowance. At December 31, 2013, these countries
accounted for 31% of our total net current and long-term accounts receivable. Long-term receivables of $17.6 million are
included in other assets on the balance sheet at December 31, 2013. If the financial condition of these customers or the
healthcare systems in these countries deteriorate such that the ability of an increasing number of customers to make
payments is uncertain, additional allowances may be required in future periods. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was
$10.7 million at December 31, 2013 and $7.8 million at December 31, 2012 which was 3.3% and 2.4%, respectively, of
gross accounts receivable.

Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to cover the estimated losses which may occur when
customers cannot make their required payments, we cannot be assured that we will continue to experience the same loss
rate in the future given the volatility in the worldwide economy. If our allowance for doubtful accounts is insufficient to
address receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which
could materially adversely affect our operating results. Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could
adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

Distributor Rebates

We offer rebates to certain distributors and reserve an estimate for the rebate as a reduction of revenues at the time
of sale. In estimating rebates, we consider the lag time between the point of sale and the payment of the distributor’s
rebate claim, distributor-specific trend analyses, contractual commitments, including stated rebate rates, historical
experience and other relevant information. We adjust reserves to reflect differences between estimated and actual
experience, and record such adjustment as a reduction of sales in the period of adjustment. Historical adjustments to
recorded reserves have not been significant and we do not expect significant revisions of these estimates in the future.
The reserve for estimated rebates was $7.8 million and $19.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The
decrease in accrued rebates in 2013 as compared to 2012 was primarily due to our continued migration to a common
global ERP platform, specifically, the integration of our LMA and Arrow businesses, which resulted in reduced processing
lag time (from monthly to daily payments in many instances). There were no significant changes in estimates recorded
during the year. We expect the reserve as of December 31, 2013 to be paid within 90 days subsequent to year-end.

Inventory Utilization

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. We maintain a reserve for excess and obsolete inventory that
reduces the carrying value of our inventories to reflect the diminution of value resulting from product obsolescence,
damage or other issues affecting marketability by an amount equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and
its estimated market value. Factors utilized in the determination of estimated market value include (i) current sales data
and historical return rates, (ii) estimates of future demand, (iii) competitive pricing pressures, (iv) new product
introductions, (v) product expiration dates, and (vi) component and packaging obsolescence.

The adequacy of this reserve is reviewed each reporting period and adjusted as necessary. We regularly compare
inventory quantities on hand against historical usage or forecasts related to specific items in order to evaluate
obsolescence and excessive quantities. In assessing historical usage, we also qualitatively assess business trends to
evaluate the reasonableness of using historical information as an estimate of future usage.

Our inventory reserve was $32.4 million and $31.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which

equaled 8.9% of gross inventories at those respective dates.

Accounting for Long-Lived Assets and Investments

We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate
the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The evaluation is based on various analyses, including
undiscounted cash flow projections, which involves significant management judgment. Any impairment loss, if indicated,
equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets may represent indefinite-lived assets (e.g., certain trademarks or brands), determinable-lived
intangibles (e.g., certain other trademarks or brands, customer relationships, patents and technologies) or goodwill. Of
these, only the costs of determinable-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated life. Determining the
useful life of an intangible asset requires considerable judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different
useful lives. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles assets, primarily certain trademarks and brand names, are not
amortized but are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter, using the first day of the quarter as the
measurement date, or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances that indicate
an impairment may exist. Such conditions may include an economic downturn in a geographic market or a change in the
assessment of future operations. Our impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from our impairment testing
of indefinite-lived intangibles.

Considerable management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes
and to estimate future cash flows to measure fair value. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as
forecasted growth rates and cost of capital, are consistent with internal projections and operating plans. We believe such
assumptions and estimates are also comparable to those that would be used by other marketplace participants.

Goodwill

Goodwill impairment assessments are performed at a reporting unit level; our reporting units are generally businesses
one level below the respective operating segment. We have a total of ten reporting units, eight of which carry goodwill on
their balance sheets. In applying the goodwill impairment test, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it
is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include,
but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market
for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, and entity specific factors such as strategies and
financial performance. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, it is determined more likely than not that the fair
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a two-step quantitative impairment test.
Alternatively, we may proceed directly to testing goodwill for impairment through the two-step impairment test without
conducting the qualitative analysis. In the fourth quarter 2013, we elected to forgo the qualitative assessment and test
each of our reporting units whose assets include goodwill through the two-step quantitative impairment test as discussed
below.

The first step of the two-step impairment test is to quantitatively compare the fair value of a reporting unit, including
goodwill, with its carrying value. In performing the first step, we calculate fair values of the various reporting units using
equal weighting of two methods; one which estimates the discounted cash flows (DCF) of each of the reporting units
based on projected earnings in the future (the Income Approach) and one which is based on sales of similar businesses in
actual transactions (the Market Approach). If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, there is no impairment. If the
reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, we recognize an impairment loss based on the amount by which the
carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the
fair value of a reporting unit's identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if that
reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed initially
were being determined.

Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment. The more significant judgments and assumptions
used in the Income Approach include (1) the amount and timing of expected future cash flows which are based primarily
on our estimates of future sales, operating income, industry trends and the regulatory environment of the individual
reporting units, (2) the expected long-term growth rates for each of our reporting units, which approximate the expected
long-term growth rate of the global economy and of the medical device industry, and (3) discount rates that are used to
discount future cash flows to their present values, which are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future
cash flows of the respective reporting units along with various market based inputs. The more significant judgments and
assumptions used in the Market Approach were (1) determination of appropriate revenue and EBITDA multiples used to
estimate a reporting unit’s fair value and (2) the selection of appropriate comparable companies to be used for purposes
of determining those multiples. There were no changes to the underlying methods used in 2013 as compared to the prior
year valuations of our reporting units. The DCF analysis utilized in the fourth quarter 2013 impairment test was performed
over a ten year time horizon for each reporting unit. The discount rate was 10.0% for all reporting units. A perpetual
growth rate of 2.5% was assumed for all reporting units.

In addition, our current stock market capitalization was reconciled to the sum of the estimated fair values of the
individual reporting units, plus a control premium, to ensure the fair value conclusions were reasonable in light of current
market capitalization. The control premium implied by our analysis was approximately 32%, which was deemed to be
within a reasonable range of observed average industry control premiums.

No impairment in the carrying value of any of our reporting units was evident as a result of the assessment of their

respective fair values as determined under the methodology described above in the fourth quarter 2013 impairment test.

Our expected future growth rates estimated for purposes of the goodwill impairment test are based on our estimates
of future sales, operating income and cash flow and are consistent with our internal budgets and business plans, which
reflect a modest amount of core revenue growth coupled with the successful launch of new products each year; the effect
of these growth indicators more than offset volume losses from products that are expected to reach the end of their life
cycle. Under the Income Approach, significant changes in assumptions would be required for a reporting unit to fail the
step one test. For example, an increase of over 1.0% in the discount rate or a decrease of over 10% percent in the
compound annual growth rate of operating income would be required to indicate impairment for the reporting units.
Nevertheless, while we believe the assumed growth rates of sales and cash flows are reasonable and achievable the
possibility remains that the revenue growth of a reporting unit may not be as high as expected, and, as a result, the
estimated fair value may decline. If our strategy and/or new products are not successful and we do not achieve
anticipated core revenue growth in the future with respect to a reporting unit, the goodwill in the reporting unit may
become impaired and, in such case, we may incur material impairment charges.

Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are assets acquired that lack physical substance and that meet the specified criteria for recognition
apart from goodwill. Intangible assets we obtained through acquisitions are comprised mainly of technology, customer
relationships, and trade names. The fair value of acquired technology and trade names is estimated by the use of a relief
from royalty method, which values an intangible asset by estimating the royalties saved through the ownership of an
asset. Under this method, an owner of an intangible asset determines the arm’s length royalty that likely would have been
charged if the owner had to license the asset from a third party. The royalty, which is based on the estimated rate applied
against forecasted sales, is tax-effected and discounted to present value using a discount rate commensurate with the
relative risk of achieving the cash flow attributable to the asset. The fair value of acquired customer relationships is
estimated by the use of an income approach known as the excess earnings method. The excess earnings method
measures economic benefit of an asset indirectly by calculating residual profit attributable to the asset after appropriate
returns are paid with respect to complementary or contributory assets. The residual profit is tax-effected and discounted to
present value at an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk factors associated with the estimated income stream.

Management tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, and more frequently if events or changes
in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Similar to the goodwill impairment test process, we may assess
qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is
less than its carrying value. If, after completing such qualitative assessment, we determine it is not more likely than not
that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the asset is not impaired. If we
conclude it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the carrying value,
we then proceed to a quantitative impairment test, which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible assets
to their carrying amounts. Alternatively, we may elect to forgo the qualitative analysis and proceed directly to testing the
indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment through the quantitative impairment test. In the fourth quarter 2013, we
performed a quantitative impairment test on all of our indefinite-lived tradenames.

In connection with the quantitative impairment test, management tests for impairment by comparing the carrying value
of intangible assets to their estimated fair values. Since quoted market prices are seldom available for intangible assets,
we utilize present value techniques to estimate fair value. Common among such approaches is the relief from royalty
methodology described above, under which management estimates the direct cash flows associated with the intangible
asset. Management must estimate the hypothetical royalty rate, discount rate, and terminal growth rate to estimate the
forecasted cash flows associated with the asset.

Discount rates and perpetual growth rates utilized in the impairment test of the trade names during the fourth quarter
2013 are comparable to the rates utilized in the impairment test of goodwill. The compound annual growth rate in
revenues projected to be generated from the trade names ranged from 7% to 12% and a royalty rate of 4% was assumed.
Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows generated as a result
of the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which similar trademarks or
technologies are being licensed in the marketplace.

No impairment in the carrying value of our indefinite-lived intangible asset was evident as a result of the assessment

of its respective fair value as determined under the methodology described above.

We are not required to perform an annual impairment test for long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets
(e.g., customer relationships). In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, we assess the remaining useful life
and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an
asset may not be recoverable (a triggering event). Triggering events include the likely (i.e., more likely than not) disposal
of a portion of such assets or the occurrence of an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the
related assets. Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether a triggering event has occurred and re-
assessing the reasonableness of the remaining useful lives of finite-lived assets by, among other things, assessing
customer attrition rates.

Accounting for Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits

We provide a range of benefits to eligible employees and retired employees, including pensions and postretirement
healthcare benefits. Several statistical and other factors which are designed to project future events are used in
calculating the expense and liability related to these plans. These factors include actuarial assumptions about discount
rates, expected rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates.
We review the actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the assumptions based on current
rates and trends when appropriate.

The weighted average assumptions for United States and foreign plans used in determining net benefit cost were as

follows:

Discount rate .....................................
Rate of return ....................................
Initial healthcare trend rate ................
Ultimate healthcare trend rate ...........

2013

4.27%
8.31%
—
—

Pension
2012

2011

2013

4.28%
8.27%
—
—

5.50%
8.31%
—
—

Other Benefits
2012
3.95%
—
8.5%
5.0%

3.83%
—
8.15%
5.0%

2011
5.10%
—
8.0%
5.0%

Significant differences in our actual experience or significant changes in our assumptions may materially affect our
pension and other postretirement obligations and our future expense. The following table shows the sensitivity of plan
expenses and benefit obligations to changes in the weighted average assumptions:

Assumed Discount Rate
50 Basis
Point
Decrease

50 Basis
Point
Increase

Expected
Return on
Plan Assets
50 Basis
Point
Change

(Dollars in millions)

Assumed Healthcare Trend Rate

1.0%
Increase

1.0%
Decrease

Net periodic pension and postretirement

healthcare expense ..................................... $
Projected benefit obligation ............................. $

(0.2)$
(25.7)$

0.1 $

28.5

1.4 $
N/A $

0.3 $
4.3 $

(0.2)
(3.7)

Share-based Compensation

We estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model. The value of the
portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods. Share-
based compensation expense related to stock options is measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes
into account highly subjective and complex assumptions with respect to expected life of options, volatility, risk-free interest
rate and expected dividend yield. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted
are expected to be outstanding, which is derived from the vesting period of the award, as well as historical exercise
behavior. Expected volatility is based on a blend of historical volatility and implied volatility derived from publicly traded
options to purchase our common stock, which we believe is more reflective of the market conditions and a better indicator
of expected volatility than solely using historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available
on United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Our annual provision for income taxes and determination of the deferred tax assets and liabilities require management
to assess uncertainties, make judgments regarding outcomes and utilize estimates. We conduct a broad range of
operations around the world, subjecting us to complex tax regulations in numerous international jurisdictions, resulting at
times in tax audits, disputes with tax authorities and potential litigation, the outcome of which is uncertain. Management
must make judgments about such uncertainties and determine estimates of our tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are measured and recorded using currently enacted tax rates, which we expect will apply to taxable
income in the years in which differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities
and their tax bases are recovered or settled. The likelihood of a material change in our expected realization of these
assets is dependent on future taxable income, our ability to use foreign tax credit carryforwards and carrybacks, final
United States and foreign tax settlements, and the effectiveness of our tax planning strategies in the various relevant
jurisdictions. While management believes that its judgments and interpretations regarding income taxes are appropriate,
significant differences in actual experience may require future adjustments to our tax assets and liabilities, which could be
material.

We are also required to assess the realizability of our deferred tax assets. We evaluate all positive and negative
evidence and use judgments regarding past and future events, including operating results and available tax planning
strategies that could be implemented to realize the deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, we determine when it
is more likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, in which case we apply a
valuation allowance to offset the amount of such deferred tax assets. To the extent facts and circumstances change in
the future, adjustments to the valuation allowances may be required.

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $86.5 million and $69.5 million at December 31, 2013 and
December 31, 2012, respectively, relates principally to the uncertainty of the utilization of tax loss and credit carryforwards
in various jurisdictions.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. We establish
additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are supportable, there remain certain
positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold, which is a tax position that is more likely than not to be
sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority. In the normal course of business, we are examined by
various federal, state and foreign tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential outcomes of these examinations and
any future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We
adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred taxes in any period in which facts that necessitate an
adjustment become known. Specifically, we are currently in the midst of examinations by the Canadian, German, Czech
Republic, and Austrian taxing authorities with respect to our income tax returns for those countries for various tax years.
The ultimate outcomes of the examinations of these returns could result in increases or decreases to our recorded tax
liabilities, which would affect our financial results.

See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information

regarding our uncertain tax positions.

New Accounting Standards

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion on
recently issued accounting standards, including estimated effects, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

We are exposed to certain financial risks, specifically fluctuations in market interest rates, foreign currency exchange
rates and, to a lesser extent, commodity prices. We use derivative financial instruments to manage or reduce the impact
of some of these risks. We do not enter into derivative instruments for trading purposes. We are also exposed to changes
in the market traded price of our common stock as it influences the valuation of stock options and their effect on earnings.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our borrowing activities and our cash balances. The table
below provides information regarding the amortization and related interest rates by year of maturity for our fixed and
variable rate debt obligations. Variable interest rates shown below are the weighted average rates of the debt portfolio
based on interest rates in effect on December 31, 2013.

2014

2015

Year of Maturity
2016

2017
(Dollars in thousands)

2018

Thereafter

Total

Fixed rate debt ........... $ 400,000 $
3.875 %
Average interest rate ..
4,700 $
Variable rate debt ....... $
0.92 %
Average interest rate ..

— $
—
— $
—

— $
—

680,000 $
1.92 %

250,000 $
6.875 %
— $
—

650,000
5.03 %
684,700
1.91 %

A change of 1.0% in variable interest rates would adversely or positively impact our expected net earnings by

approximately $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to currency fluctuations in connection with transactions denominated in currencies other than the
functional currencies of certain subsidiaries. We had no open forward contracts as of December 31, 2013. In January
2014, we entered into forward contracts with several major financial institutions to hedge a portion of projected cash flows
from these exposures. These are primarily contracts to buy or sell a foreign currency against the United States dollar or
the Euro. The following table provides information regarding our open forward currency contracts entered into in January
2014, which mature during 2014. Forward contract notional amounts presented below are expressed in the stated
currencies. The total notional amount for all contracts translates to approximately $89.4 million.

Forward Currency Contracts:

United States dollars ..................................................................................................
Euros ..........................................................................................................................
British pound ...............................................................................................................
Mexican peso .............................................................................................................
Czech koruna .............................................................................................................
South African rand ......................................................................................................
Malaysian ringgits .......................................................................................................
Canadian dollars .........................................................................................................

(in thousands)
(389)
(28,513)
(8,250)
77,359
521,912
(69,792)
109,543
(5,936)

Buy/(Sell)

A strengthening of 10% in the value of the United States dollar against foreign currencies would, on a combined basis,
adversely impact the translation of our non-US subsidiary net earnings and transactions in currencies other than the
functional currency of certain subsidiaries by approximately $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements and supplementary data required by this Item are included herein, commencing on page F-1.

ITEM 9. CHANGES

IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures
as of the end of the period covered by this report are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the
information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is (i) recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) accumulated
and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate
to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure. A controls system cannot provide absolute assurance, however, that the
objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control
issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth on page F-2 of this Annual Report on

Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

No change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has

materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

For the information required by this Item 10, other than information with respect to our Executive Officers contained at
the end of Item 1 of this report, see “Election Of Directors,” “Nominees for Election to the Board of Directors,” “Corporate
Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” in the Proxy Statement for our 2014
Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting
will be filed within 120 days of the close of our fiscal year.

For the information required by this Item 10 with respect to our Executive Officers, see Part I of this report on

pages 14 - 15.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For the information required by this Item 11, see “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report on
Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Proxy Statement for
our 2014 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

For the information required by this Item 12 with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock, see “Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting, which
information is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2013 regarding our 2000 Stock Compensation

Plan and 2008 Stock Incentive Plan:

Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(A)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(B)

Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in
Column (A))
(C)

1,279,480

$65.05

1,600,521

Plan Category

Equity compensation
plans approved by
security holders ...........

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

For the information required by this Item 13, see “Certain Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy

Statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

For the information required by this Item 14, see “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-
Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement for
our 2014 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Consolidated Financial Statements:

PART IV

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule is set forth on page F-1 hereof.

(b) Exhibits:

The Exhibits are listed in the Index to Exhibits.

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized as of the date
indicated below.

SIGNATURES

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

By:

/s/ Benson F. Smith
Benson F. Smith
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and as of the date indicated below.

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Powell
Thomas E. Powell
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Sigismundus W.W. Lubsen
Sigismundus W.W. Lubsen
Director

/s/ Stuart A. Randle
Stuart A. Randle
Director

/s/ Benson F. Smith
Benson F. Smith
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer &
Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Harold L. Yoh III
Harold L. Yoh III
Director

/s/ James W. Zug
James W. Zug
Director

By:

/s/ George Babich, Jr.
George Babich, Jr.
Director

/s/ Patricia C. Barron
Patricia C. Barron
Director

/s/ William R. Cook
William R. Cook
Director

/s/ W. Kim Foster
W. Kim Foster
Director

/s/ Dr. Jeffrey A. Graves
Stephen K. Klasko
Director

/s/ Stephen K. Klasko
Stephen K. Klasko
Director

Dated: February 21, 2014

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting .......................................................................... F–2
Report on Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ........................................................................................ F–3
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for 2013, 2012 and 2011......................................................................... F–4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for 2013, 2012 and 2011 .............................................. F–5
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 .................................................... F–6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 2013, 2012 and 2011 ............................................................................. F–7
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for 2013, 2012 and 2011 .................................................................. F–8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................................................... F–9
60
Quarterly Data ..............................................................................................................................................................

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

II Valuation and qualifying accounts .............................................................................................................................

Page
61

F-1

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, management used the framework established in Internal Control —
Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). As a result of this assessment and based on the criteria in the COSO framework, management has concluded
that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

In December of 2013, the Company acquired Vidacare Corporation (“Vidacare”). Management has excluded Vidacare
from its evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2013. The net revenues attributable to Vidacare totaled approximately $7.3 million from the date of acquisition through
December 31, 2013, representing approximately 0.4 percent of the Company’s consolidated net revenues for the year
ended December 31, 2013, and the aggregate total assets of Vidacare at December 31, 2013 was $367.5 million,
representing approximately 8.7 percent of the Company’s consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2013.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which
appears herein.

/s/ Benson F. Smith

Benson F. Smith
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Thomas E. Powell

Thomas E. Powell
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

February 21, 2014

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Teleflex Incorporated:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index appearing on page F-1 present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and
2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In
addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index appearing on page F-1
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s
management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” appearing on page F-2. Our
responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.

As described in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” appearing on page F-2,
Management has excluded the Vidacare business defined in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, because the
Vidacare business was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2013. We also excluded the
Vidacare business from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. The Vidacare business comprises assets and
a wholly-owned subsidiary of Teleflex Incorporated whose total assets and total revenues represent 0% and 0.4%,
respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 21, 2014

F-3

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

Year Ended December 31,
2013
2011
2012
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except
per share)

Net revenues .................................................................................................. $ 1,696,271 $ 1,551,009 $ 1,492,528
783,750
Cost of goods sold .........................................................................................
708,778
Gross profit ............................................................................................
423,909
Selling, general and administrative expenses ................................................
48,712
Research and development expenses ...........................................................
—
Goodwill impairment .......................................................................................
6,005
Restructuring and other impairment charges .................................................

802,784
748,225
454,489
56,278
332,128
3,037

857,326
838,945
502,187
65,045
—
38,452
—

(332 )

582

Net (gain) loss on sales of businesses and assets ........................................
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, loss on

extinguishments of debt and taxes ............................................................
Interest expense .............................................................................................
Interest income ...............................................................................................
Loss on extinguishments of debt....................................................................
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes ........................
Taxes on income (loss) from continuing operations ......................................
Income (loss) from continuing operations .............................................

Operating (loss) income from discontinued operations (including gain on

disposal of $2,205 and $270,630 for 2012 and 2011, respectively) ..........
Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from discontinued operations ....................
Income (loss) from discontinued operations..........................................
Net income (loss) ...................................................................................

Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling

233,261
56,905
(624)
1,250
175,730
23,547
152,183

(2,205)
(1,770)
(435)
151,748

(97,375)
69,565
(1,571)
—
(165,369)
16,413
(181,782)

(9,207)
(1,887)
(7,320)
(189,102)

interest .......................................................................................................

867

Income from discontinued operations attributable to

noncontrolling interest ..............................................................

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders ....................... $

—
150,881 $

955

—

(190,057) $

Earnings per share available to common shareholders:

Basic:

Income (loss) from continuing operations ..................................... $
Income (loss) from discontinued operations .................................
Net income (loss) .......................................................................... $

3.68 $
(0.01)
3.67 $

(4.47) $
(0.18)
(4.65) $

Diluted:

3.46 $
(0.01)
3.45 $

(4.47) $
(0.18)
(4.65) $

Dividends per share ....................................................................................... $

1.36 $

229,570
70,317
(1,260)
15,413
145,100
25,778
119,322

292,683
87,038
205,645
324,967

1,021

617
323,329

2.92
5.06
7.98

2.90
5.02
7.92

1.36

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic ......................................................................................................
Diluted ...................................................................................................

41,105
43,693

40,859
40,859

40,501
40,801

Amounts attributable to common shareholders:

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax .................... $
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax ................
Net income (loss) .......................................................................... $

151,316 $
(435)
150,881 $

(182,737) $
(7,320)
(190,057) $

118,301
205,028
323,329

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Net income (loss) .............................................................................................. $
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Foreign currency:

Foreign currency translation continuing operations adjustments,

net of tax of $8,086, $1,210 and $(161) ......................................
Foreign currency translation divestiture of businesses ...................
Foreign currency translation, net of tax ....................................................

2013

Year Ended December 31,
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
151,748 $ (189,102) $

2011

324,967

(9,637)
—
(9,637)

13,071
—
13,071

(53,386)
(23,687)
(77,073)

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans:

Prior service cost recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of

$(9),$(8) and $(9) .......................................................................

(12)

Transition obligation recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of

$2, $35 and $42 ...........................................................................

(15)

Unamortized gain (loss) arising during the period, net of tax of

$14,638, $2,399 and $28,779 .....................................................

25,641

2,796

(50,359)

Net loss recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of $2,446,

$2,537 and $1,399.......................................................................
Settlement, net of tax of $40 and $(2) .............................................
Curtailment, net of tax of $(44) ........................................................
Divestiture of businesses, net of tax of $4,865 ................................
Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $66, $(58) and $(20) .....
Pension and other postretirement benefits plans adjustment, net of tax .

4,765
—
—
—
(177)
30,220

4,621
66
(74)
—
(168)

7,291

2,488
(3)
—
9,076
(57)
(38,802)

Derivatives qualifying as hedges:

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives arising during the period, net
of tax $265, $102 and $(830) ......................................................
Reclassification adjustment on derivatives included in net income,
net of tax of $(46), $3,832 and $5,757 ........................................
Discontinued operations, net of tax of $(39) ....................................
Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax .............................................

(549)

515

(1,920)

930
—
381

6,361
—
6,876

9,990
(65)
8,005

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax ................................................

20,964

27,238

(107,870)

Comprehensive income (loss) ...........................................................................

172,712 (161,864)

217,097

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest .......
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholders ............... $

638

888

172,074 $ (162,752) $

1,241
215,856

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents .................................................................................... $
Accounts receivable, net ........................................................................................
Inventories, net .......................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...........................................................
Prepaid taxes ..........................................................................................................
Deferred tax assets ................................................................................................
Assets held for sale ................................................................................................
Total current assets .......................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment, net .................................................................................
Goodwill ...........................................................................................................................
Intangibles assets, net ....................................................................................................
Investments in affiliates ...................................................................................................
Deferred tax assets .........................................................................................................
Other assets ....................................................................................................................

Total assets .................................................................................................... $

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

Notes payable ......................................................................................................... $
Accounts payable ...................................................................................................
Accrued expenses ..................................................................................................
Current portion of contingent consideration ...........................................................
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities .......................................................................
Accrued interest ......................................................................................................
Income taxes payable .............................................................................................
Other current liabilities ............................................................................................
Total current liabilities ....................................................................................
Long-term borrowings .....................................................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities ......................................................................................................
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities ..................................................................
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions ................................................................
Other liabilities .................................................................................................................
Total liabilities ................................................................................................
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 15) ............................................................
Common shareholders’ equity ........................................................................................

Common shares, $1 par value Issued: 2013 — 43,243 shares; 2012 — 43,102

shares .................................................................................................................
Additional paid-in capital ........................................................................................
Retained earnings ..................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .................................................................

Less: Treasury stock, at cost ..................................................................................
Total common shareholders’ equity ...............................................................
Noncontrolling interest ....................................................................................................
Total equity ....................................................................................................
Total liabilities and equity ............................................................................... $

December 31,

2013

2012

(Dollars and shares in thousands)

431,984 $
295,290
333,621
39,810
36,504
52,917
10,428
1,200,554
325,900
1,354,203
1,255,597
1,715
943
70,095
4,209,007 $

356,287 $
71,967
74,868
4,131
73,090
8,725
23,821
22,231
635,120
930,000
514,715
109,498
55,152
48,506
2,292,991

43,243
409,338
1,696,424
(110,855)
2,038,150
124,623
1,913,527
2,489
1,916,016
4,209,007 $

337,039
297,976
323,347
28,712
27,160
51,025
7,963
1,073,222
297,945
1,238,452
1,058,792
2,066
1,347
61,863
3,733,687

4,700
75,165
65,064
23,693
74,586
9,418
16,895
5,779
275,300
965,280
418,874
170,946
61,979
59,771
1,952,150

43,102
394,384
1,601,460
(132,048)
1,906,898
127,948
1,778,950
2,587
1,781,537
3,733,687

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

2013

Year Ended December 31,
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

2011

Cash Flows from Operating Activities of Continuing Operations:

Net income (loss) ............................................................................................................................. $

151,748 $

(189,102) $

324,967

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

Loss (income) from discontinued operations .........................................................................
Depreciation expense ............................................................................................................
Amortization expense of intangible assets ............................................................................
Amortization expense of deferred financing costs and debt discount ...................................
Loss on extinguishments of debt ...........................................................................................
Changes in contingent consideration ....................................................................................
Impairment of long-lived assets .............................................................................................
In-process research and development impairment ...............................................................
Interest rate swap buyout ......................................................................................................
Stock-based compensation ...................................................................................................
Net (gain) loss on sales of businesses and assets ................................................................
Impairment of investments in affiliates ..................................................................................
Goodwill impairment ..............................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes, net ...................................................................................................
Other ......................................................................................................................................

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and disposals:

Accounts receivable ..............................................................................................................
Inventories .............................................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................................................................
Accounts payable and accrued expenses .............................................................................
Income taxes receivable and payable, net ............................................................................
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations ........................

435
42,368
50,608
14,959
1,250
(12,642)
3,460
7,381
—
11,871
—
—
—
(8,925)
(8,700)

(1,294)
(8,931)
(5,926)
(684)
(7,107)
229,871

7,320
36,204
44,264
14,416
—
263
—
—
—
8,623
(332)
—
332,128
(39,178)
(3,776)

(2,932)
(1,970)
9,595
(1,412)
(20,258)
193,853

Cash Flows from Investing Activities of Continuing Operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment ..............................................................................
Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of cash acquired .......................................
Proceeds from sales of businesses and assets, net of cash sold ....................................................
Investments in affiliates ....................................................................................................................
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities from continuing operations .........

(63,580)
(309,008)
—
(50)
(372,638)

(65,394)
(369,444)
66,660
(80)
(368,258)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing Operations:

Proceeds from long-term borrowings ...............................................................................................
Repayment of long-term borrowings ................................................................................................
Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment fees ......................................................................
Decrease in notes payable and current borrowings .........................................................................
Proceeds from stock compensation plans ........................................................................................
Payments to noncontrolling interest shareholders ...........................................................................
Payments for contingent consideration ............................................................................................
Dividends ..........................................................................................................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from continuing operations .........

680,000
(375,000)
(6,400)
—
7,609
(736)
(16,958)
(55,917)
232,598

—
—
—
(706)
9,003
—
(17,596)
(55,589)
(64,888)

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities ..........................................................................
Net cash used in investing activities .................................................................................................
Net cash used in discontinued operations ..................................................................

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents ................................................................
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ...............................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year ............................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year ...................................................................................... $

(3,327)
—
(3,327)
8,441
94,945
337,039
431,984 $

(7,799)
(2,351)
(10,150)

2,394
(247,049)
584,088
337,039 $

(205,645)
40,336
42,634
13,526
15,413
274
—
—
(11,695)
4,532
582
2,499
—
(14,067)
(2,701)

(43,561)
(33,819)
(8,473)
(1,636)
(28,809)
94,357

(44,582)
(24,623)
376,025
(150)
306,670

515,000
(455,800)
(18,518)
(24,714)
34,009
—
(5,947)
(55,136)
(11,106)

121
(2,875)
(2,754)

(11,531)
375,636
208,452
584,088

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Cash interest paid ....................................................................................................................................... $
Income taxes paid, net of refunds ............................................................................................................... $

43,581 $

46,683 $

43,975 $

74,908 $

45,336

67,419

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Additional

Accumulated
Other

Treasury
Stock

Common Stock Paid in
Shares Dollars Capital

Retained Comprehensive
Income (loss) Shares Dollars
Earnings
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share)

Noncontrolling
Interest

Total
Equity

Balance at December 31, 2010 ..... 42,245 $ 42,245 $ 349,156 $ 1,578,913 $
Net income .................................
Cash dividends ($1.36 per

323,329

(51,880)

2,250 $ (135,058 ) $

share) ....................................
Other comprehensive loss .........
Disposition of noncontrolling

interest ..................................

Distributions to noncontrolling

interest shareholders ............

Shares issued under

(55,136)

(107,473)

compensation plans ..............
Deferred compensation ..............
Balance at December 31, 2011 ..... 42,923 42,923
Net income (loss) .......................
Cash dividends ($1.36 per

678

share) ....................................

Other comprehensive

income ..................................

Distributions to noncontrolling

interest shareholders ............

Shares issued under

compensation plans ..............
Deferred compensation ..............
Balance at December 31, 2012 ..... 43,102 43,102
Net income .................................
Cash dividends ($1.36 per

179

share) ....................................

Other comprehensive

income .................................

Distributions to noncontrolling

interest shareholders ............

Shares issued under

31,848
(39)

380,965 1,847,106
(190,057)

(159,353)

(63)
(4)

3,829
176
2,183 (131,053 )

(55,589)

27,305

13,429
(10)

394,384 1,601,460
150,881

(132,048)

(49)
(4)

2,989
116
2,130 (127,948 )

(55,917)

21,193

3,902 $ 1,787,278
324,967
1,638

(397)

(55,136)
(107,870)

(2,830)

(118)

36,355
137
2,195 1,982,783
(189,102)

955

(55,589)

(67)

27,238

(496)

16,597
106
2,587 1,781,537
151,748

867

(55,917)

(229)

20,964

(736)

compensation plans ..............
Deferred compensation .............
Balance at December 31, 2013 ..... 43,243 $ 43,243 $ 409,338 $ 1,696,424 $

14,963

141

(9)

(65)
(1)

3,270
55
2,064 $ (124,623 ) $

18,374
46
2,489 $ 1,916,016

(110,855)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Note 1 — Summary of significant accounting policies

Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Teleflex Incorporated and its
subsidiaries (the “Company”). Intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Investments in affiliates over
which the Company has significant influence but not a controlling equity interest, including variable interest entities where
the Company is not the primary beneficiary, are carried on the equity basis. Investments in affiliates over which the
Company does not have significant influence are accounted for using the cost method of accounting. These consolidated
financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America and include management’s estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts.

In June 2013, the Company revised its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows to reflect contingent consideration
payments related to businesses acquired as a cash outflow from financing activities of continuing operations, thereby
correcting a presentation error in previous filings. Since 2011, these payments were reflected as a cash outflow from
investing activities of continuing operations. The Company also revised the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, as
well as the Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows included in Note 17, for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2012 and 2011 to reclassify $17.6 million and $5.9 million, respectively, as cash outflows from financing
activities to reflect this correction. The changes do not affect the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of
operations and comprehensive income or statements of changes in stockholders’ equity. Moreover the reclassifications
resulting from the change were not considered material to any previously issued financial statements.

We made certain other revisions to the 2012 and 2011 guarantor financial information presented in the 2012 and
2011 Form 10-Ks to correct errors identified in the current year. Refer to Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements
for additional details.

Other assets in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 include $17.6 million of receivables

outstanding greater than one year.

Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of net revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents: All highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less are

classified as cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates their current market value.

Accounts receivable: Accounts receivable represents amounts due from customers related to the sale of products and
provision of services. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained and represents the Company’s estimate of the
amount of uncollectible receivables. The allowance is provided at such time as management believes reasonable doubt
exists that such balances will be collected within a reasonable period of time. The allowance is based on the Company’s
historical experience, the length of time an account is outstanding, the financial position of the customer and information
provided by credit rating services. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $10.7 million and $7.8 million as of
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for information on the
Company’s concentration of credit risk. In addition, we maintain a reserve for returns and allowances based on the
Company’s historical experience. The reserve for returns and allowances was $3.3 million and $2.9 million as of
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Inventories: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. The cost of the Company’s inventories is
determined using the average cost method. Elements of cost in inventory include raw materials, direct labor, and
manufacturing overhead. In estimating market value, the Company evaluates inventory for excess and obsolete quantities
based on estimated usage and sales.

F-9

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Property, plant and equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation.
Costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the application development stage generally are
capitalized. Costs of enhancements to internal-use computer software are capitalized, provided that these enhancements
result in additional functionality. Other additions and those improvements which increase the capacity or lengthen the
useful lives of the assets are also capitalized. With minor exceptions, composite useful lives for property, plant and
equipment, which are depreciated on a straight-line basis are as follows: land improvements — 5 years; buildings —
30 years; machinery and equipment — 3 to 10 years; computer equipment and software — 3 to 10 years. Leasehold
improvements are depreciated over the remaining lease periods. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as
incurred.

Goodwill and other intangible assets: Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but
are tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances
indicate that an impairment may exist. Impairment losses, if any, are included in income from operations. The goodwill
impairment test is applied to each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill. For purposes of this assessment, a
reporting unit is an operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment (a component) if discrete
financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by segment management. However, separate components are
aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics.

In applying the goodwill impairment test, the Company may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but are
not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for the
Company’s products and services, regulatory and political developments, entity specific factors such as strategies and
financial performance. If, after completing such assessment, it is determined more likely than not that the fair value of a
reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company proceeds to a two-step quantitative impairment test.
Alternatively, the Company may proceed directly to testing goodwill for impairment through the two-step impairment test
without conducting the qualitative analysis. In the fourth quarter 2013, the Company elected to forgo the qualitative
assessment and test all reporting units with goodwill through the two-step quantitative impairment test.

The first step of the two-step impairment test is to quantitatively compare the fair value of a reporting unit, including
goodwill, to its carrying value. In performing the first step, the Company calculates the fair value of the reporting unit using
equal weighting of two methods; one which estimates the discounted cash flows (“DCF”) of the reporting unit based on
projected earnings in the future (the Income Approach) and one which is based on sales of similar assets in actual
transactions (the Market Approach). If the reporting unit fair value exceeds the carrying value, there is no impairment. If
the reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, the Company would perform the second step of the goodwill
impairment test, in which the Company would recognize an impairment loss if the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its
implied fair value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of a reporting unit's
identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if that reporting unit had just been
acquired and the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed initially were being determined. The
Company performed the goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter 2013, and for each reporting unit whose assets
include goodwill, the fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded the carrying value. As a result, no impairment in
the carrying value of any of the Company’s reporting units was evident.

The Company’s intangible assets consist of customer lists, intellectual property, distribution rights and trade names.
The Company tests its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, and more frequently if events or changes
in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Similar to the goodwill impairment test process, the Company
may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived
intangible asset is less than its carrying value. If, after completing such qualitative assessment, the Company determines
it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is greater than its carrying amount, the
asset is not impaired. If the Company concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible
assets is less than the carrying value, the Company then proceeds to a quantitative impairment test, which consists of a
comparison of the fair value of the intangible assets to their carrying amounts. Alternatively, the Company may elect to
forgo the qualitative analysis and proceed directly to testing the indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment through the
quantitative impairment test. The Company recorded IPR&D impairment charges of $7.4 million in 2013 upon the decision
to abandon certain of the IPR&D projects. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further information
related to these charges. No other impairment charge was evident for indefinite-lived intangible assets as a result of the
fourth quarter 2013 impairment assessment.

F-10

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Intangible assets consisting of intellectual property, customer lists, distribution rights and certain tradenames are
being amortized over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows: intellectual property, 3 to 20 years; customer lists,
5 to 30 years; distribution rights, 3 to 22 years; tradenames, 1 to 30 years. The weighted average amortization period is
approximately 16 years. The Company periodically evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets.

Long-lived assets: We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Such evaluation is based on
various analyses, including undiscounted cash flow and profitability projections that incorporate, as applicable, the impact
on the existing business. Therefore, the evaluation involves significant management judgment. Any impairment loss, if
indicated, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the
asset.

Foreign currency translation: Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with non-United States dollar denominated
functional currencies are translated into United States dollars at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date; income
and expenses are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The translation adjustments are
reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Derivative financial instruments: The Company uses derivative financial instruments primarily for purposes of hedging
exposures to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. All instruments are entered into for other
than trading purposes. All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of
derivatives are recorded in earnings or other comprehensive income, based on whether the instrument is designated as
part of a hedge transaction and, if so, the type of hedge transaction. Gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in
other comprehensive income are reclassified to earnings in the period in which earnings are affected by the underlying
hedged item. The ineffective portion of all hedges is recognized in current period earnings. If the hedging relationship
ceases to be highly effective or it becomes probable that an expected transaction will no longer occur, gains or losses on
the derivative are recorded in current period earnings.

Share-based compensation: The Company estimates the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using
an option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense
over the requisite service periods. Share-based compensation expense related to stock options is measured using a
Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account highly subjective and complex assumptions. The expected life
of options granted is derived from the vesting period of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior, and represents
the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatility is based on a blend of historical
volatility and implied volatility derived from publicly traded options to purchase the Company’s common stock, which the
Company believes is more reflective of the market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than would be
the case if the Company only used historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on
United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.

Share-based compensation expense for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $11.9 million, $8.6 million and $4.5 million,
respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses. The total income tax benefit recognized for
share-based compensation arrangements for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $3.8 million, $2.7 million and $2.5 million,
respectively. The higher share-based compensation expense in 2013 is primarily due to the increase in the market price
of the Company’s common stock. The lower share-based compensation expense for 2011 is primarily due to stock option
and restricted share forfeitures of approximately $3 million related to the separation of the Company’s former chief
executive officer.

As of December 31, 2013, unamortized share-based compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, net of
expected forfeitures, was $4.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.92 years.
Unamortized share-based compensation cost related to non-vested shares (restricted stock), net of expected forfeitures,
was $9.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.81 years.

Share-based compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the value of the portion of stock-based
awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period less estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are required to be
estimated at the time of grant. To minimize fluctuations in share-based compensation expense, management reviews and
revises the estimate of forfeitures for all share-based awards on a quarterly basis based on management’s expectation of
the awards that will ultimately vest. The Company issued 148,191, 178,690 and 175,291 of non-vested shares (restricted
stock) in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, the majority of which vest on the third anniversary of the grant date (cliff
vesting).

F-11

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Income taxes: The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for
income taxes. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized to reflect the future tax
consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their tax bases, and to reflect operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The provision for income taxes
represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Provision
has been made for income taxes on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates, except for subsidiaries in which
earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. The Company
establishes additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are supportable, there remain
certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold, which is a tax position that is more likely than not to
be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority. In the normal course of business, the Company and its
subsidiaries are examined by various federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The Company regularly assesses the
potential outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the
adequacy of its provision for income taxes. Interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and income tax related
penalties are both included in taxes on income from continuing operations. The Company periodically assesses the
likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjusts the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred
taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to an adjustment become known.

Pensions and other postretirement benefits: The Company provides a range of benefits to eligible employees and
retired employees, including pensions and postretirement healthcare. The Company records annual amounts relating to
these plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions such as discount rates, expected rates of
return on plan assets, compensation increases, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates. The Company reviews its
actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends
when appropriate. The effect of the modifications is generally amortized over future periods.

Restructuring costs: Restructuring costs, which include termination benefits, facility closure costs, contract termination
costs and other restructuring costs are recorded at estimated fair value. Key assumptions in calculating the restructuring
costs include the terms and payments that may be negotiated to terminate certain contractual obligations and the timing of
reductions in force.

Revenue recognition: The Company recognizes revenues from product sales, including sales to distributors, or
services provided when the following revenue recognition criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collectability is
reasonably assured. This generally occurs when products are shipped, when services are rendered or upon customers’
acceptance. Revenues are net of estimated returns and other allowances. The Company’s estimated returns and
allowances are calculated based on historical experience and current trends.

The Company’s normal policy is to accept returns only in cases in which the product is defective and covered under
the Company’s standard warranty provisions. However, in the limited cases where an arrangement provides a right of
return to the customer, including a distributor, the Company believes it has the ability to reasonably estimate the amount
of returns based on its substantial historical experience with respect to these arrangements. The Company accrues any
costs or losses that may be expected in connection with any returns in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards
Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450, “Contingencies.” Revenues and cost of goods sold are reduced to reflect estimated
returns.

Allowances related to customer incentive programs, which include discounts or rebates, are estimated and provided

for in the period that the related sales are recorded. These allowances are recorded as a reduction of revenue.

F-12

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company offers rebates to certain distributors and reserves an estimate for the rebates as a reduction of
revenues at the time of sale. In estimating rebates, the Company considers the lag time between the point of sale and the
payment of the distributor’s rebate claim, distributor-specific trend analyses, contractual commitments, including stated
rebate rates, historical experience and other relevant information. The Company adjusts reserves to reflect differences
between estimated and actual experience, and record such adjustment as a reduction of sales in the period of adjustment.
The reserve for estimated rebates was $7.8 million and $19.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The
decrease in accrued rebates in 2013 as compared to 2012 was primarily due to the continued migration to a common
global ERP platform, specifically, the integration of our LMA and Arrow businesses, which resulted in reduced processing
lag time (from monthly to daily payments in many instances). There were no significant changes in estimates recorded
during the year. We expect the reserve as of December 31, 2013 to be paid within 90 days subsequent to year-end.

Note 2 — New accounting standards

Recently issued not yet effective

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
or other standard setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. The Company has
assessed these recently issued standards that are not yet effective and believes the new standards will not have a
material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

Recently adopted

In February 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to its accounting guidance on reporting amounts reclassified out of
accumulated other comprehensive income. The guidance requires an entity to report the effect of significant
reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items on the face of the statement
where net income is presented, or in the notes to the financial statements, if the amount being reclassified is required
under GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not
required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to
cross-reference to other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about the effect of the
reclassifications. The guidance was effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012.
Refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for new disclosures resulting from the adoption of this
amendment.

Note 3 — Acquisitions

The Company made the following acquisitions during 2013, all of which were accounted for as business

combinations:

 On December 2, 2013, the Company acquired Vidacare Corporation, a provider of intraosseous, or inside the bone,
access devices. This acquisition complements the vascular access and specialty product portfolio in the Company’s
Critical Care product group.

 On June 11, 2013, the Company acquired the assets of Ultimate Medical Pty. Ltd. and its affiliates (“Ultimate”), a
supplier of airway management devices with a related portfolio of patented products. This acquisition complements
the anesthesia products in the Company’s Critical Care product group.

 On June 6, 2013, the Company acquired Eon Surgical, Ltd. (“Eon”), a developer of a minimally invasive
microlaparoscopy surgical platform technology designed to enhance a surgeon’s ability to perform scarless surgery
while producing better patient outcomes. This technology complements the product portfolio of the Company’s
Surgical Care product group.

The total fair value of consideration for the 2013 acquisitions is estimated at $307.0 million. Transaction expenses
associated with these acquisitions, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated
statements of income (loss) were $3.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013. For the twelve month
period ended December 31, 2013, the Company has recorded revenue and operating profit of $9.7 million and $2.8
million, respectively related to the businesses acquired in 2013. The results of operations of the acquired businesses and
assets are included in the consolidated statements of income (loss) from their respective acquisition dates. Pro forma
information is not presented as the operations of the acquired businesses are not significant to the overall operations of
the Company.

F-13

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In connection with the Ultimate and Eon acquisitions, during the second quarter 2013, the Company recorded a
liability and related restructuring and impairment charge of $2.8 million related to post-closing obligations associated with
the acquired businesses. In the fourth quarter 2013, the Company reversed approximately $0.8 million of this liability in
conjunction with the settlement of this obligation, which was paid in the first quarter 2014.

The following table presents the preliminary fair values determination of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in

the acquisitions that occurred during 2013:

(Dollars in millions)

Assets

Current assets ................................................................... $
Property, plant and equipment ..........................................
Intangible assets:

Intellectual property ..................................................
Tradenames .............................................................
In-process research and development .....................
Customer lists ...........................................................
Goodwill .............................................................................
Total assets acquired ...............................................

Less:

Current liabilities ................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities ........................................................
Liabilities assumed ...................................................
Net assets acquired ................................................................. $

21.0
1.4

159.5
26.5
19.9
49.6
123.3
401.2

5.4
88.8
94.2
307.0

The Company is continuing to evaluate the 2013 acquisitions. Further adjustments may be necessary as a result of
the Company’s assessment of additional information related to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
primarily related to deferred tax assets and liabilities and goodwill.

Among the acquired assets, intellectual property has useful lives ranging from 10 to 18 years, customer lists have
useful lives ranging from 16 to 27 years and finite tradenames have useful lives ranging from 1 to 30 years. IPR&D has an
indefinite life and is not amortized until development of the related project is completed, at which time the IPR&D becomes
an amortizable asset. If the related project is not completed in a timely manner, the Company may incur an impairment
charge related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. The goodwill
resulting from the acquisitions primarily reflects the expected revenue growth attributable to anticipated increased market
penetration from acquired and future products and customers. Goodwill and the step-up in basis of the intangible assets in
connection with stock acquisitions are not deductible for tax purposes.

The Company made the following acquisitions during 2012, all of which were accounted for as business

combinations:

 On October 23, 2012, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of LMA International N.V. (“LMA”), a global
provider of laryngeal masks whose products are used in anesthesia and emergency care. On October 23, 2012, in a
separate transaction, the Company also acquired the LMA branded laryngeal mask supraglottic airway business and
certain other products in the United Kingdom, Ireland and Channel Islands from the shareholders of Intravent Direct
Limited and affiliates. These acquisitions complement the anesthesia product portfolio in the Company’s Critical Care
product group.

 On June 22, 2012, the Company acquired Hotspur Technologies Inc., a developer of catheter-based technologies
designed to restore blood flow in patients with obstructed vessels. The acquired business complements the dialysis
access product line in the Company’s Cardiac Care product group.

F-14

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 On May 22, 2012, the Company acquired Semprus BioSciences Corp., a biomedical company that developed a long-
lasting, covalently bonded, non-leaching polymer designed to reduce infections and thrombus related complications.
While the Company will explore opportunities to apply this technology to a broad array of its product offerings, the
initial focus for the technology is on vascular devices within the Company’s Critical Care product group. During 2013,
the Company experienced unexpected difficulties with respect to the development of the Semprus technology, which
the Company is currently attempting to resolve through further research and testing. Failure to resolve these issues
may result in a reduction of the expected future cash flows related to the Semprus technology and could result in
recognition of impairment charges with respect to the related assets, which could be material. As of December 31,
2013, the Company has recorded net assets in the amount of approximately $42 million related to this investment.

 On May 3, 2012, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Axiom Technology Partners, LLC (“Axiom”),
constituting its EFx laparoscopic fascial closure system, which is designed for the closure of abdominal trocar defects
through which access ports and instruments were used during laparoscopic surgeries. The acquired business
complements the surgical closure product line in the Company’s Surgical Care product group.

 On April 5, 2012, the Company acquired the EZ-Blocker product line, a single-use catheter used to perform lung
isolation and one-lung ventilation. The acquisition of this product line complements the anesthesia product portfolio in
the Company’s Critical Care product group.

In connection with the acquisitions, the Company agreed to pay contingent consideration based on the achievement
of specified objectives, including the receipt of regulatory approvals and achievement of sales targets. The aggregate fair
value of consideration for the 2012 acquisitions, based on the estimated fair values at the respective acquisition dates,
was estimated at $422.2 million, which included the initial payments of $367.9 million in cash and the estimated fair value
of the contingent consideration of $55.8 million, partially offset by a $1.5 million favorable working capital adjustment. The
Company recorded $227.5 million of intangible assets and $153.0 million of goodwill related to these acquisitions. As of
December 31, 2013, the Company has made aggregate contingent consideration payments of $27 million related to these
acquisitions. The range of remaining undiscounted contingent consideration the Company could be required to pay is zero
to $62 million. For further information on contingent consideration, see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

Note 4 — Restructuring and other impairment charges

The amounts recognized in restructuring and other impairment charges for the twelve months ended December 31,

2013, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

2013

2012
(Dollars in thousands)
2,515 $
—
2,459
—
(1,937 )
—
—
—
3,037 $

12,152 $
10,230
4,229
770
230
7,381
3,460
—
38,452 $

2011

—
—
—
3,047
461
—
—
2,497
6,005

LMA restructuring program ......................................................... $
2013 restructuring charges .........................................................
2012 restructuring charges .........................................................
2011 restructuring program ........................................................
2007 Arrow integration program .................................................
In-process research and development impairment ....................
Long-lived asset impairment .......................................................
Investments in affiliates impairment ...........................................
Restructuring and other impairment charges ............................. $

F-15

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

LMA Restructuring Program

In connection with the acquisition of LMA in 2012, the Company formulated a plan related to the integration of LMA
and the Company’s businesses. The integration plan focuses on the closure of LMA corporate functions and the
consolidation of manufacturing, sales, marketing, and distribution functions in North America, Europe and Asia.

The charges associated with this restructuring program that are included in restructuring and other impairment

charges for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

Termination benefits ......................................................................... $
Facility closure costs .........................................................................
Contract termination costs ................................................................
Other restructuring costs ..................................................................

3,282 $
788
7,906
176
$ 12,152 $

2,229
—
274
12
2,515

2012
2013
(Dollars in thousands)

A reconciliation of the changes in accrued liabilities associated with the LMA restructuring program from the inception

of the program through December 31, 2013 is set forth in the following table:

Termination
benefits

Balance at December 31, 2011 ................ $
Subsequent accruals ................................
Cash payments .........................................

Foreign currency translation .....................
Balance at December 31, 2012 ................
Subsequent accruals ................................
Cash payments .........................................
Foreign currency translation .....................
Balance at December 31, 2013 ................ $

— $
2,229
(488)

3
1,744
3,282
(4,461)
(13)
552 $

Facility
Closure
Costs

Contract
Termination
Costs
(Dollars in thousands)
— $
— $
274
—
—
—

—
—
788
(362)
1
427 $

3
277
7,906
(4,560)
63
3,686 $

Other
Restructuring
Costs

Total

— $
12
—

—
2,515
(488)

—
12

6
2,033
176 12,152
(9,547)
(164 )
43
(8 )
4,681
16 $

Aside from nominal facility closure costs anticipated in 2014, the Company does not expect to incur additional costs

associated with this program. The Company expects to complete this project in 2014.

2013 Restructuring Charges

In 2013, the Company initiated programs to consolidate certain administrative and manufacturing facilities in North
America and warehouse facilities in Europe and terminate certain European distributor agreements in an effort to reduce
costs. The Company estimates that it will incur an aggregate of up to approximately $11 million in restructuring and other
impairment charges over the term of this restructuring program. Of this amount, $5 million relates to employee termination
costs, $3 million relates to termination of certain distributor agreements and $3 million relates to facility closures costs and
other actions. The charges associated with this restructuring program that are included in restructuring and other
impairment charges for the twelve months ending December 31, 2013 were as follows:

Termination benefits.......................................................... $
Contract termination costs ................................................
Other restructuring costs ...................................................
$

2013
(Dollars in thousands)
4,787
3,326
2,117
10,230

F-16

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has a reserve of $4.2 million in connection with these projects. The Company

expects to complete this program in 2015.

2012 Restructuring Charges

In 2012, the Company identified opportunities to improve its supply chain strategy by consolidating its three North
American warehouses into one centralized warehouse, lower costs and improve operating efficiencies through the
termination of certain distributor agreements in Europe, the closure of certain North American facilities and workforce
reductions. The charges associated with this restructuring program that are included in restructuring and other impairment
charges for the twelve months ending December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

Termination benefits ..........................................................................$
Facility closure costs ..........................................................................
Contract termination costs .................................................................
Other restructuring costs ...................................................................
$

2,993 $
935
296
5
4,229 $

1,681
—
758
20
2,459

2012
2013
(Dollars in thousands)

The Company expects to complete the projects over a one year period and does not anticipate incurring additional

costs associated with this program.

2011 Restructuring Program

In 2011, the Company initiated a restructuring program at three facilities to consolidate operations and reduce costs.
In connection with this program, the Company recorded contract termination costs of approximately $2.6 million
associated with a lease termination, as the Company had vacated 50% of the premises during 2011. In addition, the
Company recorded approximately $0.4 million for employee termination benefits in connection with workforce
consolidations. In the fourth quarter 2013, the Company recorded an additional $0.8 million in contract termination costs
and has completely exited the leased facility. This program was completed in 2013.

2007 Arrow Integration Program

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow”), the Company implemented a
program in 2007 to integrate Arrow’s businesses into the Company’s other businesses. The aspects of this program that
affected Teleflex employees and facilities (such aspects being referred to as the “2007 Arrow integration program”) were
charged to earnings and classified as restructuring and impairment charges.

The charges associated with the 2007 Arrow integration program that were included in restructuring and other
impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were $0.2 million, $(1.9) million and $0.5
million, respectively. The net credit recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily the result of the
reversal of contract termination costs related to a settlement of a dispute involving the termination of a European
distributor agreement that was established in connection with the acquisition of Arrow. This program was completed in
2013.

Impairment Charges

The Company incurred the following asset impairment charges during 2013, 2012 and 2011. These asset
impairments were measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs that are categorized as Level 3 under the
fair value hierarchy, which is described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

 During the fourth quarter 2013, the Company recorded a $2.9 million IPR&D charge upon the decision to abandon a

research and development project associated with the Company’s vascular business.

 During the third quarter 2013, the Company recorded $3.5 million in impairment charges related to assets held for

sale that had a carrying value in excess of their appraised fair value.

F-17

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 During the first quarter 2013, the Company recorded a $4.5 million IPR&D charge pertaining to a research and
development project associated with the Axiom acquisition because technological feasibility had not yet been
achieved and the Company determined that the subject technology had no future alternative use.

 During 2011, the Company recognized impairment charges of $2.5 million related to the decline in value of its
investments in affiliates that are considered to be other than temporary. In making this determination, the Company
considered multiple factors, including its intent and ability to hold investments, operating losses of investees that
demonstrate an inability to recover the carrying value of the investments, the investee’s liquidity and cash position and
market acceptance of the investee’s products and services.

Note 5 — Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

Raw materials ................................................................................... $ 70,209 $ 84,636
53,672 47,440
Work-in-process ................................................................................
Finished goods .................................................................................. 242,113 222,974
365,994 355,050
Less: Inventory reserves ...................................................................
(31,703)
Inventories, net ................................................................................. $ 333,621 $ 323,347

(32,373 )

2012
2013
(Dollars in thousands)

Note 6 — Property, plant and equipment

The major classes of property, plant and equipment, at cost, at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

2012
2013
(Dollars in thousands)

Land, buildings and leasehold improvements .................................. $ 199,741 $ 201,155
Machinery and equipment ................................................................ 322,060 313,325
Computer equipment and software................................................... 102,527 70,618
55,092 41,424
Construction in progress ...................................................................
679,420 626,522
Less: Accumulated depreciation ....................................................... (353,520 ) (328,577)
Property, plant and equipment, net................................................... $ 325,900 $ 297,945

F-18

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 7 — Goodwill and other intangible assets

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reporting segment, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013

and 2012 are as follows:

Balance as of December 31, 2012
Goodwill ............................................... $
Accumulated impairment losses .........

Goodwill related to acquisitions ...........
Translation adjustment ........................
Balance as of December 31, 2013 ......
Goodwill ...............................................
Accumulated impairment losses .........
$

Americas
Segment

EMEA
Segment

Asia
Segment

(Dollars in thousands)

Total

1,077,829 $
(332,128)
745,701

99,125
(833)

1,176,121
(332,128)
843,993 $

353,282 $
—
353,282

19,922
2,217

375,421
—

375,421 $

139,469 $
—
139,469

4,237
(8,917 )

134,789
—
134,789 $

1,570,580
(332,128)
1,238,452

123,284
(7,533)

1,686,331
(332,128)
1,354,203

Americas
Segment

EMEA
Segment

Asia
Segment
(Dollars in thousands)

OEM
Segment

Total

Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2011 ........ $ 1,005,021
(332,128)
Goodwill impairment charges ...............................
78,875
Goodwill related to acquisitions ............................
—
Goodwill related to dispositions ............................
Purchase accounting adjustments(1) .....................
(8,878)
2,132
Translation adjustment .........................................
Transfer of goodwill ..............................................
679
Balance as of December 31, 2012
Goodwill ................................................................ 1,077,829
(332,128)
Accumulated impairment losses ..........................
745,701

283,362
—
69,723
—
—
876
(679)

121,983 $
—
15,384
—
(2,126 )
4,228
—

28,176
—
—
(28,176)
—
—
—

$ 1,438,542
(332,128)
163,982
(28,176)
(11,004)
7,236
—

353,282
—
353,282

139,469
—
139,469 $

1,570,580
—
(332,128)
—
— $ 1,238,452

(1) Purchase accounting adjustments related to the finalization of the purchase price allocation of uncertain tax positions
and deferred taxes for the LMA acquisition. The purchase accounting adjustments were completed in 2013, however,
in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations,” the Company retrospectively adjusted the December
31, 2012 balance sheet, as well as the Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet included in Note 17, for these
adjustments as the acquisition occurred in 2012.

In the first quarter 2012, due to a change in the Company’s reporting structure, the Company performed goodwill
impairment tests and determined that three of the reporting units in the North America segment were impaired. The
Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of $220 million in the Vascular reporting unit, $107 million in the
Anesthesia/Respiratory reporting unit and $5 million in the Cardiac reporting unit. The goodwill impairment charges were
determined based upon the amount by which the goodwill carrying values exceed its fair value. The fair value of the
goodwill was measured using significant unobservable inputs that are categorized as Level 3 under the fair value
hierarchy, which is described under Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

F-19

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Intangible assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

Gross Carrying Amount

Accumulated Amortization

2013

2012

2013
(Dollars in thousands)

2012

Customer lists ................................................................. $ 628,020 $ 580,151 $ (168,223 ) $ (141,520)
—
In-process research and development ...........................
(95,967)
Intellectual property ........................................................
(13,880)
Distribution rights ............................................................
16,567
(305)
Trade names ..................................................................
384,131
—
Noncompete agreements ...............................................
—
$ 1,557,688 $ 1,310,464 $ (302,091 ) $ (251,672)

—
276,458 (118,086 )
(14,592 )
(1,148 )
(42 )

68,786
435,869
16,797
407,879
337

53,157

Trade names of $371.6 million and in-process research and development of $68.8 million are considered indefinite
lived. Acquired in-process research and development is indefinite-lived until the completion of the associated efforts, at
which point amortization of the carrying value of the technology will commence.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $50.6 million, $44.3 million, and $42.6 million for 2013, 2012

and 2011, respectively. Estimated annual amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years is as follows:

2014 .......................................................................................... $
2015 ..........................................................................................
2016 ..........................................................................................
2017 ..........................................................................................
2018 ..........................................................................................

(Dollars in thousands)
59,100
53,300
52,900
52,400
51,900

Note 8 — Borrowings

The components of long-term debt at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

Senior Credit Facility:

Revolving credit facility, at a rate of 1.92% at December 31,

2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

2013, due 7/16/2018 ......................................................... $ 680,000 $

Term loan facility, at a rate of 2.75% at December 31, 2012
3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes ..........................
6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019 .............................

Less: Unamortized debt discount on 3.875% Convertible Senior
Subordinated Notes ..................................................................

Current portion of borrowings .......................................................

—
— 375,000
400,000 400,000
250,000 250,000
1,330,000 1,025,000

(48,413 )
1,281,587
(351,587 )

(59,720)
965,280
—
$ 930,000 $ 965,280

F-20

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Senior Credit Facility

On July 16, 2013, the Company replaced its $775 million senior credit facility comprised of a $375 million term loan
and a $400 million revolving credit facility with a new $850 million senior credit facility consisting solely of a revolving
credit facility. In connection with this transaction, the Company incurred transaction fees of $6.4 million, which were
recorded as a deferred asset and are being amortized over the term of the facility. Additionally, during the third quarter of
2013, in connection with the early repayment of its $375 million term loan, the Company recognized expense of
approximately $1.3 million resulting from the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. The Company borrowed $382.0
million at the inception of the new $850 million senior credit facility. During the fourth quarter 2013, the Company
borrowed an additional $298.0 million under the senior credit facility to fund the purchase of the Vidacare business. See
Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

The new $850 million senior credit facility bears interest at an applicable rate elected by the Company generally equal
to either the “base rate” (the greater of either the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, the prime rate or one month
LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus an applicable margin of 0.25% to 1.00%, or a “LIBOR rate” for the period corresponding to the
applicable interest period of the borrowings plus an applicable margin of 1.25% to 2.00%. As of December 31, 2013, the
interest rate on the $850 million senior credit facility was 1.92% (comprised of the LIBOR rate of 0.17% plus a margin of
1.75%). The obligations under the senior credit facility are guaranteed (subject to certain exceptions) by substantially all of
the material domestic subsidiaries of the Company and (subject to certain exceptions and limitations) secured by a pledge
on substantially all of the equity interests owned by the Company and each guarantor.

Convertible Notes

On August 9, 2010, the Company issued $400.0 million of 3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes (the
“Convertible Notes”). The Company pays interest on the Convertible Notes semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of
each year at a rate of 3.875% per year. The Convertible Notes mature on August 1, 2017. The Convertible Notes are the
Company’s unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are (i) not guaranteed by any of the Company’s subsidiaries;
(ii) subordinated in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness; and (iii) junior to the
Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

The Convertible Notes are convertible at the option of the holder upon the occurrence of any of the following
circumstances (i) during any fiscal quarter, if the last reported sales price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20
trading days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding
fiscal quarter exceeds 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; or (ii) during the five business day
period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000
principal amount of Convertible Notes is less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the common stock
and the applicable conversion rate on each trading day during the measurement period; or (iii) upon the occurrence of
specified corporate events; or (iv) at any time on or after May 1, 2017 up to and including July 28, 2017. The Convertible
Notes are convertible at a conversion rate of 16.3084 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible
Notes, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $61.32. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment
upon certain events. Upon conversion, the Company’s conversion obligation may be satisfied, at the Company’s option, in
shares of common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of common stock. The Company has elected a net-
settlement method to satisfy its conversion obligation. Under the net-settlement method, the Company may settle the
$1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes in cash and settle the excess conversion value in shares, plus cash in
lieu of fractional shares.

During the fourth quarter 2013, the Company’s closing stock price exceeded the 130% threshold described in clause
(i) above; accordingly the Convertible Notes were classified as a current liability as of December 31, 2013. The
determination of whether or not the Convertible Notes are convertible as described above is made each quarter until
maturity or conversion. Consequently, the Convertible Notes may not be convertible in one or more future quarters, in
which case the Convertible Notes would again be classified as long-term debt, unless one of the other conversion events
described above were to occur. While the Company believes it has sufficient liquidity to repay the principal amounts due
through a combination of utilizing our existing cash on hand and accessing our credit facility, our use of these funds could
adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity.

F-21

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into convertible note hedge
transactions with two counterparties pursuant to which it purchased call options for $88.0 million ($56.0 million net of tax)
in private transactions. The call options enable the Company to receive, in effect for no additional consideration, shares of
the Company’s common stock and/or cash from counterparties equal to the amounts of common stock and/or cash
related to the excess value over the conversion price that it would pay to the holders of the Convertible Notes upon
conversion. These call options will terminate upon the earlier of July 28, 2017 or the first day all of the related Convertible
Notes are no longer outstanding due to conversion or otherwise.

The Company also entered into privately negotiated warrant transactions with the same counterparties generally
relating to the same number of shares of common stock with each of the option counterparties. Under certain
circumstances, the Company may be required under the terms of the warrant transactions to issue up to 7,981,422 shares
of common stock (subject to adjustments). The warrants have been divided into components that expire ratably over a
180 day period commencing November 1, 2017. The strike price of the warrants is approximately $74.65 per share of
common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Proceeds received from the issuance of the warrants
totaled approximately $59.4 million.

The convertible note hedge and warrant transactions described above are intended to reduce the potential dilution
with respect to the Company’s common stock and/or reduce the Company’s exposure to potential cash payments that the
Company may be required to make upon conversion of the Convertible Notes by, in effect, increasing the conversion
price, from the Company’s economic standpoint, to $74.65 per share. However, the warrant transactions could have a
dilutive effect with respect to the common stock or, if the Company so elects, obligate the Company to make cash
payments to the extent that the market price per share of common stock exceeds $74.65 per share on any expiration date
of the warrants.

The Company allocated the proceeds of the Convertible Notes between the liability and equity components of the
debt. The initial $316.3 million liability component was determined based on the fair value of a similar debt instrument
excluding the conversion feature. The initial $83.7 million ($53.3 million net of tax) equity component represented the
difference between the fair value or carrying value of $316.3 million of the debt and the $400.0 million of proceeds. The
related debt discount of $83.7 million will be amortized under the interest method over the remaining life of the Convertible
Notes, which, at December 31, 2013, is approximately 3.6 years. An effective interest rate of 7.814% was used to
calculate the debt discount on the Convertible Notes. The following table provides interest expense amounts related to the
Convertible Notes for the periods presented:

(in millions)
Interest cost related to contractual interest coupon ... $
Interest cost related to amortization of the discount ... $

15.5 $
11.3 $

Year Ended

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

Year Ended
December 31, 2011
15.5
9.7

15.5 $
10.5 $

The following table provides the carrying value of the Convertible Notes as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in millions)
Principal amount of the Convertible Notes ................... $
Unamortized discount ...................................................
Net carrying amount ..................................................... $

December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
400.0
(59.7)
340.3

400.0 $
(48.4)
351.6 $

6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes

On June 13, 2011, the Company issued $250.0 million of 6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”).
The Company pays interest on the Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1. The Notes will mature on June 1,
2019, unless earlier redeemed or purchased by the Company at the holder’s option under specified circumstances
following a Change of Control or Asset Sale (each as defined in the Indenture) or upon the Company’s election to
exercise its optional redemption rights, as described below. The Company incurred transaction fees of approximately $3.7
million, including underwriters’ discounts and commissions in connection with the public offering of the Notes. The
Company used $125 million of the proceeds to repay term loan borrowings under its senior credit facility and recorded a
$0.8 million write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt in the second quarter 2011.

F-22

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Notes constitute the Company’s general unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are subordinated in right
of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Company’s indebtedness under
its senior credit facilities, and will be equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior
subordinated indebtedness, including the Company’s 3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes. The obligations
under the Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries
that is a guarantor or other obligor under the Company’s senior credit facilities and by certain of the Company’s other
domestic subsidiaries. The guarantees are full and unconditional, subject to certain customary automatic release
provisions. The guarantees of the Notes will be subordinated in right of payment to all of the existing and future senior
indebtedness of such Guarantors and will be equal in right of payment with all of the future senior subordinated
indebtedness of such Guarantors. The Notes and the guarantees will be junior to the existing and future secured
indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and
will be structurally subordinated to all of the existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company’s non-
guarantor subsidiaries.

At any time on or after June 1, 2015, the Company may redeem some or all of the Notes at a redemption price of
103.438% of the principal amount of the Notes subject to redemption, declining to 100% of the principal amount on
June 1, 2017, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2015, the Company may, on one
or more occasions, redeem some or all of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest. The “make-whole” premium is the
greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Notes subject to redemption or (ii) the excess, if any, over the principal
amount of the notes of the present value, on the redemption date, of the sum of (a) the June 1, 2015 optional redemption
price, plus (b) all required interest payments on the Notes through June 1, 2015 (other than accrued and unpaid interest to
the redemption date), calculated based on a specified Treasury rate for the period most closely corresponding to the
period from the redemption date to June 1, 2015, plus 50 basis points. In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2014, the
Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, using the proceeds of certain specified
Company equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 106.875% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus
accrued and unpaid interest.

Interest Rate Swap

In 2011, the Company terminated its interest rate swap agreement that, at the date of termination, had a notional
amount of $350 million. The interest rate swap was designated as a cash flow hedge against the previously outstanding
term loan under the Company’s senior credit facility. At the date of termination, the interest rate swap was in a liability
position resulting in a cash payment by the Company to the counterparties of approximately $14.8 million, which included
$3.1 million of accrued interest. The cash flows from the termination of the interest rate swap have been reported as an
operating activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows. As of December 31, 2012, all unrealized losses within
accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) associated with this interest rate swap were reclassified into earnings.

Fair Value of Long-Term Debt

The carrying amount of long-term debt reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 is
$1,281.6 million. The Company uses a discounted cash flow technique that incorporates a market interest yield curve with
adjustments for duration, optionality, and risk profile to determine the fair value of its debt. The Company’s implied credit
rating is a factor in determining the market interest yield curve. The following table provides the fair value of the
Company’s debt by fair value hierarchy level (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements further information) as
of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Level 1 .......................................................................... $
Level 2 ..........................................................................
Total .............................................................................. $

Fair value of debt
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
899,390 $
644,012
1,543,402 $

782,377
382,634
1,165,011

F-23

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Securitization Program

The Company has an accounts receivable securitization facility under which accounts receivable of certain domestic
subsidiaries are sold on a non-recourse basis to a special purpose entity (“SPE”), which is a bankruptcy-remote,
consolidated subsidiary of Teleflex. Accordingly, the assets of the SPE are not available to satisfy the obligations of
Teleflex or any of its subsidiaries. The SPE then sells undivided interests in those receivables to an asset backed
commercial paper conduit for consideration of up to $50.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, the maximum amount
available for borrowing under this facility was $43.9 million. This facility is utilized from time to time for increased flexibility
in funding short term working capital requirements. The agreement governing the accounts receivable securitization
facility contains certain covenants and termination events. An occurrence of an event of default or a termination event
under this facility may give rise to the right of its counterparty to terminate this facility. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012,
the Company had $4.7 million of outstanding borrowings under its accounts receivable securitization facility.

Debt Maturities

As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate amounts of long-term debt, demand loans and debt under the Company’s

securitization program that will mature during each of the next four fiscal years and thereafter were as follows:

2014(1) ....................................................................................... $
2015 ..........................................................................................
2016 ..........................................................................................
2017 ..........................................................................................
2018 and thereafter ...................................................................

(Dollars in thousands)
404,700
—
—
—
930,000

(1) The Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes are included in amounts that will mature in 2014 due to the trigger of the

conversion feature, which is described in more detail in the “Convertible Notes” section above.

Note 9 — Financial instruments

The Company uses derivative instruments for risk management purposes. Forward rate contracts are used to manage
foreign currency transaction exposure. These derivative instruments are designated as cash flow hedges and are
recorded on the balance sheet at fair market value. The effective portion of the gains or losses on derivatives is reported
as a component of other comprehensive income and thereafter is recognized in the statement of income (loss) in the
period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivatives representing
either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in
current earnings. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no open forward rate contracts. See Note 10 to the
consolidated financial statements.

The following table presents the balance sheet location and fair values of derivative instruments designated as

hedging instruments in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

December 31, 2013
Fair Value

December 31, 2012
Fair Value

(Dollars in thousands)

Asset derivatives:

Foreign currency exchange contracts ......................
Other assets – current ..................................... $
Total asset derivatives ...................................................... $

Liability derivatives:

Foreign currency exchange contracts ......................
Derivative liabilities – current .......................... $
Total liability derivatives .................................................... $

— $
— $

1,279
1,279

— $
— $

598
598

F-24

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides information as to the gains and losses attributable to derivatives in cash flow hedging
relationships that were reported in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012
and 2011:

Interest rate swap ..................................................................... $
Foreign currency exchange contracts ......................................
Total .......................................................................................... $

2013

After Tax Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in OCI
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
7,032 $
(156)
6,876 $

— $
381
381 $

2011

8,330
(325)
8,005

See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for information on the location and amount of gains and losses
attributable to derivatives that were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) to expense
(income), net of tax.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there was no ineffectiveness related to the Company’s

derivatives.

During 2012, the Company entered into forward exchange contracts for Singapore dollars and US dollars in
anticipation of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of LMA. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance,
a forecasted transaction is not eligible for hedge accounting if the forecasted transaction involves a business combination.
Therefore, gains and losses relating to this arrangement were recognized as incurred. The Company realized a pre-tax
loss of $7.6 million upon settlement of the forward exchange contracts. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial
statements for additional information on the LMA acquisition.

In 2011, the Company terminated its interest rate swap covering a notional amount of $350 million designated as a
hedge against the variability of the cash flows in the interest payments under the Company’s term loan. As of
December 31, 2012, all unrealized losses within AOCI associated with this interest rate swap had been reclassified into
earnings. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on the termination of the interest
rate swap.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is generally limited due to the Company’s large
number of customers and their diversity across many geographic areas. A portion of the Company’s trade accounts
receivable outside the United States, however, include sales to government-owned or supported healthcare systems in
several countries which are subject to payment delays. Payment is dependent upon the financial stability and
creditworthiness of those countries’ economies.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company grants non-interest bearing trade credit to its customers on normal
credit terms. In an effort to reduce its credit risk, the Company (i) establishes credit limits for all of its customer
relationships, (ii) performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition, (iii) monitors the payment
history and aging of its customers’ receivables, and (iv) monitors open orders against an individual customer’s outstanding
receivable balance.

An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for accounts receivable based on the Company’s historical
collection experience and expected collectability of the accounts receivable, considering the period an account is
outstanding, the financial position of the customer and information provided by credit rating services. The adequacy of this
allowance is reviewed each reporting period and adjusted as necessary.

F-25

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In light of the disruptions in global economic markets, the Company instituted enhanced measures, within countries
where the Company has collectability concerns, to facilitate customer-by-customer risk assessment when estimating the
allowance for doubtful accounts. Such measures included, among others, monthly credit control committee meetings, at
which customer credit risks are identified after review of, among other things, accounts that exceed specified credit limits,
payment delinquencies and other customer issues. In addition, for some of the Company’s non-government customers,
the Company instituted measures designed to reduce its risk exposures, including issuing dunning letters, reducing credit
limits, requiring that payments accompany orders and instituting legal action with respect to delinquent accounts. With
respect to government customers, the Company evaluates receivables for potential collection risks associated with the
availability of government funding and reimbursement practices.

Some of the Company’s customers, particularly in Europe, have extended or delayed payments for products and
services already provided. Collectability concerns regarding the Company’s accounts receivable from these customers,
for the most part in Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal resulted in an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts
related to these countries. If the financial condition of these customers or the healthcare systems in these countries
deteriorate such that the ability of an increasing number of customers to make payments is uncertain, additional
allowances may be required in future periods. The aggregate net current and long-term accounts receivables for Spain,
Italy, Greece and Portugal and the percentage of the Company’s total net current and long-term accounts receivables
represented by the net current and long-term accounts receivables in those countries at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are
as follows:

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Current and long-term accounts receivable (net of
allowances of $7.9 million and $6.3 million in
2013 and 2012, respectively) in Spain, Italy,
Greece and Portugal .......................................... $

Percentage of total net current and long-term

accounts receivables ..........................................

97,852 $

101,009

31%

34%

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, net revenues to customers in Spain, Italy, Greece and

Portugal were $142.6 million, $132.5 million and $138.4 million, respectively.

Note 10 — Fair value measurement

Fair value is defined as the exit price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability,
using assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The fair value guidance establishes a
three-level hierarchy, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs used
in measuring fair value. The levels within the hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 inputs — quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has

the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 inputs — inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability,
either directly or indirectly. If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, a Level 2 input must be observable for
substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include:

1. Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets.

2. Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability.

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 inputs — unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs may be used to measure fair value
only when observable inputs are not available. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about the
assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability in achieving the fair value measurement
objective of an exit price perspective. An exit price is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability.

F-26

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following tables provide information regarding the financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value measured on

a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Total carrying
value at
December 31,
2013

Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)

Significant
other
observable

inputs (Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)

Investments in marketable securities ................... $
Contingent consideration liabilities .......................

6,150 $
20,313

6,150 $
—

— $
—

—
20,313

(Dollars in thousands)

Total carrying
value at
December 31,
2012

Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)

Significant
other
observable

inputs (Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)

Investments in marketable securities ................... $
Derivative assets ..................................................
Derivative liabilities ...............................................
Contingent consideration liabilities .......................

4,785 $
1,279
598
51,196

4,785 $
—
—
—

— $
1,279
598
—

—
—
—
51,196

(Dollars in thousands)

There were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities carried at fair value among Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 within

the valuation hierarchy during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

The following table provides information regarding changes in Level 3 financial liabilities related to contingent
consideration in connection with various Company acquisitions, including those described in Note 3 to the consolidated
financial statements during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Contingent consideration

2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

Beginning balance – January 1 ........................................................ $
Initial estimate upon acquisition ........................................................
Payment ............................................................................................
Revaluations .....................................................................................
Translation adjustment .....................................................................
Ending balance – December 31 ....................................................... $

51,196 $

—
(18,880 )
(11,982 )
(21 )

9,676
58,895
(18,426)
1,055
(4)
20,313 $ 51,196

The Company reduced contingent consideration liabilities and selling, general and administrative expense by $12.3
million for the year ended December 31, 2013 after determining that certain conditions for the payment of certain
contingent consideration would not be satisfied.

See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the fair value of the Company’s long-term

debt.

Valuation Techniques Used to Determine Fair Value

The Company’s financial assets valued based upon Level 1 inputs are comprised of investments in marketable
securities held in trust, which are available to satisfy benefit obligations under Company benefit plans and other
arrangements. The investment assets of the trust are valued using quoted market prices.

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities valued based upon Level 2 inputs are comprised of foreign currency
forward contracts. The Company uses forward rate contracts to manage currency transaction exposure. The fair value of
the foreign currency forward contracts represents the amount required to enter into offsetting contracts with similar
remaining maturities based on quoted market prices. The Company has taken into account the creditworthiness of the
counterparties in measuring fair value. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

F-27

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company’s financial liabilities valued based upon Level 3 inputs are comprised of contingent consideration
arrangements pertaining to the Company’s acquisitions. The Company accounts for contingent consideration in
accordance with applicable accounting guidance pertaining to business combinations. In connection with several of its
acquisitions, the Company agreed to pay contingent consideration upon the achievement of specified objectives, including
receipt of regulatory approvals, achievement of sales targets and, in some instances, the passage of time (collectively,
“milestone payments”), and therefore recorded contingent consideration liabilities at the time of the acquisitions. The
Company is required to reevaluate the fair value of contingent consideration each reporting period based on new
developments and record changes in fair value until such consideration is satisfied through payment upon the
achievement of the specified objectives or is no longer payable due to failure to achieve the specified objectives.

It is estimated that milestone payments will occur in 2014 and may extend until 2018 or later. As of December 31,
2013, the range of undiscounted amounts the Company could be required to pay for contingent consideration
arrangements is between zero and $77 million. The Company determines the fair value of the liabilities for the contingent
consideration based on a probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis. This fair value measurement is based on
significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement within the valuation hierarchy.
The fair value of the contingent consideration liability associated with future milestone payments is based on several
factors including:

 estimated cash flows projected from the success of market launches;



the estimated time and resources needed to complete the development of acquired technologies;

the uncertainty of obtaining regulatory approvals within the required time periods; and

the risk adjusted discount rate for fair value measurement.

The following table provides information regarding the valuation techniques and inputs used in determining the fair

value of the contingent consideration liabilities categorized as Level 3 measurements:

Contingent consideration Discounted cash flow Discount rate

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Probability of payment

Range (Weighted Average)
1% - 10% (6%)
0 - 100% (31%)

As of December 31, 2013, of the $20.3 million of total recorded liabilities for contingent consideration, the Company
has recorded approximately $4.1 million in Current portion of contingent consideration and the remaining $16.2 million in
Other liabilities.

Note 11 — Shareholders’ equity

The authorized capital of the Company is comprised of 200 million common shares, $1 par value, and 500,000

preference shares. No preference shares have been outstanding during the last three years.

In 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of outstanding Company
common stock. Repurchases of Company stock under the Board authorization may be made from time to time in the open
market and may include privately-negotiated transactions as market conditions warrant and subject to regulatory
considerations. The stock repurchase program has no expiration date and the Company’s ability to execute on the
program will depend on, among other factors, cash requirements for acquisitions, cash generation from operations, debt
repayment obligations, market conditions and regulatory requirements. In addition, under the Company’s senior credit
agreements, the Company is subject to certain restrictions relating to its ability to repurchase shares in the event the
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio (generally, the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA,
as defined in the senior credit agreements) exceeds certain levels, which may limit the Company’s ability to repurchase
shares under this Board authorization. Through December 31, 2013, no shares have been purchased under this Board
authorization.

F-28

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner except that the weighted
average number of shares is increased for dilutive securities. The difference between basic and diluted weighted average
common shares results from the assumption that dilutive stock options were exercised. The following table provides a
reconciliation of basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic ...............................................................................................
Dilutive effect of share based awards ............................................
Dilutive effect of 3.875% Convertible Notes and warrants .............
Diluted ............................................................................................

41,105
410
2,178
43,693

40,859
—
—
40,859

40,501
287
13
40,801

2013

2012
(Shares in thousands)

2011

Weighted average shares that were antidilutive and therefore not included in the calculation of earnings per share
were approximately 7.7 million, 9.0 million and 8.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and
2011, respectively.

Under the terms of the Convertible Notes the Company elected the net settlement method to satisfy its conversion
obligation. Under the net-settlement method, the Company may settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes in
cash and settle the excess conversion value in shares, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. The excess conversion
shares are included in the dilutive net income per share calculation using the treasury stock method during a fiscal quarter
following an immediately preceding fiscal quarter in which the last reported sales price of our common stock for at least 20
trading days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of such preceding fiscal quarter
is above the applicable conversion price of the Convertible Notes, or $61.32 per share; the impact of conversion may be
dilutive. In these periods, under the treasury stock method, we calculate the number of shares issuable under the terms of
these notes based on the average market price of the stock during the period, and include that number in the total diluted
shares outstanding for the period.

In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into convertible note hedge and
warrant agreements. The convertible note hedge economically reduces the dilutive impact of the Convertible Notes.
However, because the Company separately analyzes the impact of the convertible note hedge and the impact of the
warrant agreements on diluted weighted average shares outstanding, the purchases of the convertible note hedges are
excluded because their impact would be anti-dilutive. The anti-dilutive shares associated with the convertible note hedges
are 1.6 million, 0.3 million for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The anti-
dilutive shares associated with the convertible note hedges for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2011 are
nominal. The treasury stock method is applied when the warrants are in-the-money, assuming the proceeds from the
exercise of the warrants are used to repurchase shares based on the average stock price during the period. The strike
price of the warrants is approximately $74.65 per share of common stock. Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants
that were included in the total diluted shares outstanding were 0.6 million for the twelve month period ended
December 31, 2013. The warrants had no dilutive impact for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2012 and
2011. For additional information regarding the convertible notes and convertible note hedge and warrant agreements, see
Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

F-29

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following tables provide information relating to the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss),

net of tax, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Pension and
Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Cash Flow
Hedges

Balance at December 31, 2011 ........................................... $
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications .......
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income ...................................................
Net current-period other comprehensive income ...............
Balance at December 31, 2012 ...........................................
Other comprehensive income (loss) before

(7,257) $
515

(Dollars in thousands)
(134,548) $ (17,548 ) $
13,138

2,628

6,361
6,876
(381)

4,663
7,291
(127,257)

—
13,138
(4,410 )

(159,353)
16,281

11,024
27,305
(132,048)

reclassifications ...............................................................

(549)

25,464

(9,408 )

15,507

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income ...................................................
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss) ......
Balance at December 31, 2013 ........................................... $

930
381

— $

4,756
30,220
(97,037) $ (13,818 ) $

—
(9,408 )

5,686
21,193
(110,855)

The following table provides information relating to the reclassifications of losses/(gain) in accumulated other

comprehensive income into expense/(income), net of tax, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

December 31,
December 31,
2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

Gains and losses on cash flow hedges:

Interest Rate Contracts:

Interest expense ................................................................. $

— $

11,057

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts:

Net Revenue ......................................................................
Cost of goods sold ..............................................................

Total before tax ..........................................................
Tax expense (benefit) ................................................
Net of tax ................................................................... $

—
884
884
46
930 $

Amortization of pension and other postretirement benefits items (1):

Actuarial losses ........................................................................... $
Prior-service costs ......................................................................
Transition obligation ....................................................................
Curtailment charge ......................................................................
Settlement charge .......................................................................

Total before tax ..........................................................
Tax benefit .................................................................
Net of tax ................................................................... $
Total reclassifications, net of tax ......................................................... $

7,211 $
(21 )
5
—
—
7,195
(2,439 )
4,756 $
5,686 $

34
(898)
10,193
(3,832)
6,361

7,158
(20)
97
(118)
106
7,223
(2,560)
4,663
11,024

(1) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net benefit cost of
pension and other postretirement benefit plans (see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for additional
information).

F-30

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 12 — Stock compensation plans

The Company has two stock-based compensation plans under which equity-based awards may be made. The
Company’s 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (the “2000 plan”) provides for the granting of incentive and non-qualified stock
options and restricted stock units to directors, officers and key employees. Under the 2000 plan, the Company is
authorized to issue up to 4 million shares of common stock, but no more than 800,000 of those shares may be issued as
restricted stock. Options granted under the 2000 plan have an exercise price equal to the average of the high and low
sales prices of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, rounded to the nearest $0.25. Generally, options
granted under the 2000 plan are exercisable three to five years after the date of the grant and expire no more than ten
years from the grant date. Outstanding restricted stock units generally vest in one to three years. In 2013, the Company
granted incentive and non-qualified options to purchase 29,875 shares of common stock and granted restricted stock
units representing 8,092 shares of common stock under the 2000 plan. The unrecognized compensation expense for
these awards as of the grant date was $1.0 million, which will be recognized over the vesting period of the awards. As of
December 31, 2013, 760,979 shares were available for future grants under the 2000 plan.

The Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2008 plan”) provides for the granting of various types of equity-based
awards to directors, officers and key employees. These awards include incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock
appreciation rights, stock awards and other stock-based awards. Under the 2008 plan, the Company is authorized to
issue up to 2.5 million shares of common stock, but grants of awards other than stock options and stock appreciation
rights may not exceed 875,000 shares. Options granted under the 2008 plan have an exercise price equal to the closing
price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. In 2013, the Company granted incentive and non-qualified
options to purchase 387,609 shares of common stock and granted restricted stock units representing 140,099 shares of
common stock under the 2008 plan. The unrecognized compensation expense for these awards as of the grant date was
$16.1 million, which will be recognized over the vesting period of the awards. As of December 31, 2013, 839,542 shares
were available for future grants under the 2008 plan.

The fair value for options granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was estimated at the date of grant using a multiple point

Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used:

2013
0.75%
Risk-free interest rate ...................................................................
Expected life of option .................................................................. 4.87 yrs.
1.73%
Expected dividend yield ................................................................
24.65%
Expected volatility .........................................................................

2012

2011

0.81%

1.92%

4.85 yrs.

4.70 yrs.

2.28%
28.46%

2.34%
26.82%

The fair value for non-vested shares granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was estimated at the date of grant based on the
market price for the underlying stock on the grant date discounted for the risk free interest rate and the present value of
expected dividends over the vesting period. The following weighted-average assumptions were used:

Risk-free interest rate ....................................................................
Expected dividend yield .................................................................

2013
0.36%
1.71%

2012

2011

0.37%
2.24%

1.04%
2.34%

The Company applied a simplified method to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool
(“APIC Pool”) related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation and to determine the subsequent impact
on the APIC Pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation
awards that are outstanding.

F-31

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the option activity during 2013:

Shares
Subject to
Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life In Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding, beginning of the year ......
Granted ........................................
Exercised .....................................
Forfeited or expired .....................
Outstanding, end of the year ................
Exercisable, end of the year ............

1,084,193 $
417,484
(157,545)
(64,652)
1,279,480

652,431 $

58.43
79.37
57.16
65.79
65.05
59.31

7.1 $
5.7 $

36,900
22,543

The weighted average grant date fair value was $14.30, $11.78 and $11.45 for options granted during 2013, 2012
and 2011, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $4.1 million, $2.7 million and $6.9 million during
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. New shares of the Company’s common stock is issued upon exercises of options.

The Company recorded $4.4 million of expense related to the portion of the shares underlying options that vested

during 2013, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes the non-vested restricted stock unit activity during 2013:

Number of
Non-Vested
Shares

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life In Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding, beginning of the year .........
Granted ...........................................
Vested .............................................
Forfeited ..........................................
Outstanding, end of the year ...................

364,788 $
148,191
(99,666)
(59,956)
353,357

55.77
75.60
63.01
59.87
62.49

1.3 $

33,166

The weighted average grant-date fair value for non-vested restricted stock units granted during 2013, 2012 and 2011
was $75.60, $56.95 and $54.33, respectively. The Company reissues shares of treasury stock to satisfy non-vested
restricted stock units upon vesting of the award.

The Company recorded $7.5 million of expense related to the portion of the restricted stock units that vested during

2013, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Note 13 — Income taxes

The following table summarizes the components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations:

2013

2012
(Dollars in thousands)

2011

Current:

Federal ............................................................................... $
State ...................................................................................
Foreign ...............................................................................

(2,974) $
1,736
36,400

20,959 $
3,623
30,476

(2,604)
4,621
48,600

Deferred:

Federal ...............................................................................
State ...................................................................................
Foreign ...............................................................................
$

(9,703)
(1,825)
(87)
23,547 $

(20,584)
(34,629 )
(961)
(720 )
(3,296 )
(3,294)
16,413 $ 25,778

F-32

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In December 2011, the Company sold its cargo and container businesses and recorded a gain on sale of $217.8
million along with related taxes of $91.0 million. The gain and related taxes are reported as discontinued operations. A
significant portion of these tax charges are included as part of the deferred tax liability for unremitted foreign earnings.

At December 31, 2013, the cumulative unremitted earnings of other subsidiaries outside the United States,
considered non-permanently reinvested, for which U.S. taxes have been provided, approximated $609.9 million. At
December 31, 2013, the cumulative unremitted earnings of other subsidiaries outside the United States, considered
permanently reinvested, for which no income or withholding taxes have been provided, approximated $353.9 million. Such
earnings are expected to be reinvested indefinitely and, as a result, no deferred tax liability has been recognized with
regard to such earnings. Determination of the deferred income tax liability on these unremitted earnings is not practicable
principally because such liability, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.

The following table summarizes the United States and non-United States components of income from continuing

operations before taxes:

United States ............................................................................. $
Other ..........................................................................................

(3,544) $ (315,928) $ (10,952)
179,274 150,559 156,052
$ 175,730 $ (165,369) $ 145,100

2013

2012
(Dollars in thousands)

2011

Reconciliations between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate are as follows:

Federal statutory rate ...............................................................
Goodwill impairment ........................................................
Tax effect of International items ......................................
State taxes, net of federal benefit ....................................
Uncertain tax contingencies ............................................
Contingent consideration reversals .................................
Other, net .........................................................................

2013

2012

2011

35.00%
—
(15.26)
(0.32)
(4.06)
(2.04)
0.08
13.40%

35.00 %
(60.84 )
11.88
(0.90 )
4.85
—
0.08
(9.93 )%

35.00%
—
(15.36)
1.18
(2.66)
—
(0.39)
17.77%

The effective income tax rate for 2013 was 13.4% compared to (9.9%) for 2012. The effective tax rate for 2013 was
impacted by the realization of net tax benefits resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitation for U.S. federal and
state and foreign matters, tax benefits associated with U.S. and foreign tax return filings and the realization of tax benefits
resulting from the resolution of a foreign tax matter. The effective income tax rate for 2012 was impacted by a $332 million
goodwill impairment charge recorded in the first quarter of 2012, for which only $45 million was tax deductible.

The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to examinations by various taxing authorities. In conjunction
with these examinations and as a regular practice, the Company establishes and adjusts reserves with respect to its
uncertain tax positions to address developments related to those positions. The Company realized a net benefit of
approximately $7.1 million, $8.0 million and $3.9 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as a result of reducing its
reserves with respect to uncertain tax positions. These reductions principally resulted from the expiration of a number of
applicable statutes of limitations.

F-33

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at

December 31, 2013 and 2012:

2012
2013
(Dollars in thousands)

Deferred tax assets:

Tax loss and credit carryforwards ........................................... $ 104,043 $ 92,282
63,737
Pension ...................................................................................
39,485
Reserves and accruals ............................................................
21,255
Other .......................................................................................
(69,527)
Less: valuation allowances .....................................................
Total deferred tax assets ................................................ 123,413 147,232

39,310
39,478
27,092
(86,510 )

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property, plant and equipment ................................................
24,766
Intangibles — stock acquisitions ............................................. 400,297 324,983
Unremitted foreign earnings .................................................... 147,326 151,780
13,129
Other .......................................................................................
Total deferred tax liabilities ............................................. 586,203 514,658
Net deferred tax liability ................................................................... $ (462,790 ) $ (367,426)

26,550

12,030

Under the tax laws of various jurisdictions in which the Company operates, deductions or credits that cannot be fully
utilized for tax purposes during the current year may be carried forward, subject to statutory limitations, to reduce taxable
income or taxes payable in a future tax year. At December 31, 2013, the tax effect of such carryforwards approximated
$104.0 million. Of this amount, $14.8 million has no expiration date, $0.6 million expires after 2013 but before the end of
2018 and $88.6 million expires after 2018. A portion of these carryforwards consists of tax losses and credits which were
acquired in acquisitions by the Company and the utilization of these carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation
imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which limits a company’s ability to deduct prior net operating
losses following a more than 50 percent change in ownership. The Vidacare Corporation acquisition in December 2013
included $7.4 million of tax losses, $0.5 million of which will not be realized as a result of the Section 382 limitation. A full
valuation allowance on this component of the acquired tax losses was recorded in conjunction with the acquisition. The
Hotspur Technologies acquisition in June 2012 included $10.8 million of tax losses, $2.5 million of which will not be
realized as a result of the Section 382 limitation. A full valuation allowance on this component of the acquired tax losses
was recorded in conjunction with the acquisition. Except as described above, with respect to Vidacare Corporation and
Hotspur Technologies, it is not expected that the Section 382 limitation will prevent the Company from utilizing its loss
carryforwards. The determination of state net operating
the United
States subsidiaries’ taxable income or loss, the state’s proportion of taxable net income and other respective state laws,
which can change from year to year and impact the amount of such carryforward.

is dependent upon

loss carryforwards

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $86.5 million and $69.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012,
respectively, relates principally to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to utilize certain deferred tax assets, primarily
tax loss and credit carryforwards in various jurisdictions. The valuation allowance was calculated in accordance with
applicable accounting standards, which require that a valuation allowance be established and maintained when it is “more
likely than not” that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-34

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Uncertain Tax Positions: The following table is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for liabilities

associated with unrecognized tax benefits for the twelve month periods ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

Balance at January 1 ................................................................. $
Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years .....
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years ...
Unrecognized tax benefits related to the current year ...............
Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to settlements ....
Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of

2013

2012
(Dollars in thousands)

2011

62,108 $
—
—
1,838
—

75,026 $ 89,281
1,855
(6,415)
4,246
(7,678)

1,110
(6,134 )
4,256
(8,816 )

applicable statute of limitations .............................................

(8,433)

(3,503 )

(5,852)

Increase (decrease) in unrecognized tax benefits due to

foreign currency translation ...................................................
Balance at December 31 ........................................................... $

258
55,771 $

169

(411)
62,108 $ 75,026

The total liabilities associated with the unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would impact the effective tax rate

for continuing operations, were $22.5 million at December 31, 2013.

The Company accrues interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in the
consolidated statements of operations, and the corresponding liability is included in the consolidated balance sheets. The
interest (benefit) expense (net of related tax benefits where applicable) and penalties reflected in income from continuing
operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.3 million and $(0.8) million, respectively, ($0.8 million and $0.2
million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $(0.1) million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the year
ended December 31, 2011). The corresponding liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets for interest and penalties
were $5.7 million and $6.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013 ($6.5 million and $9.2 million, respectively, at
December 31, 2012).

The taxable years that remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions are as follows:

Beginning

United States ..............................................................................
Canada .......................................................................................
China ...........................................................................................
Czech Republic ...........................................................................
France .........................................................................................
Germany .....................................................................................
Ireland .........................................................................................
Italy .............................................................................................
Malaysia ......................................................................................
Singapore ...................................................................................

2010
2005
2008
2001
2011
2007
2009
2009
2008
2009

Ending
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013

The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to income tax examinations by various taxing authorities. As of
December 31, 2013, the most significant tax examinations in process are in the jurisdictions of Canada, Germany, the
Czech Republic and Austria. The date at which these examinations may be concluded and the ultimate outcome of such
examinations is uncertain. As a result of the uncertain outcome of these ongoing examinations, future examinations or the
expiration of statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions
taken could materially change from those recorded as liabilities at December 31, 2013. Due to the potential for resolution
of certain examinations, and the expiration of various statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that the Company’s
unrecognized tax benefits may change within the next twelve months by a range of zero to $2.5 million.

F-35

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 14 — Pension and other postretirement benefits

The Company has a number of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans covering eligible United States
and non-United States employees. The defined benefit pension plans are noncontributory. The benefits under these plans
are based primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement. The Company’s funding policy for United
States plans is to contribute annually, at a minimum, amounts required by applicable laws and regulations. Obligations
under non-United States plans are systematically provided for by depositing funds with trustees or by book reserves. As
of December 31, 2013, the Company’s United States defined benefit pension plans and the Company’s other
postretirement benefit plans, except certain postretirement benefit plans covering employees subject to a collective
bargaining agreement, are frozen.

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries provide medical, dental and life insurance benefits to pensioners and

survivors. The associated plans are unfunded and approved claims are paid from Company funds.

The following table provides information for the net benefit cost of pension and postretirement benefit plans for

continuing operations:

2013

Pension
2012

2011
(Dollars in thousands)

2013

Other Benefits
2012

2011

Service cost ............................................... $
Interest cost ...............................................
Expected return on plan assets.................
Net amortization and deferral ....................
Curtailment gain ........................................
Settlement loss (gain) ...............................
Net benefit cost ......................................... $

1,819 $
16,842
(23,122)

2,331 $
16,561
(20,245)

2,297 $
17,284
(19,998)

5,847
—
—
1,386 $

6,474
(197)
106
5,030 $

4,018
(37)
(5)
3,559 $

663 $

2,707
—
1,348
—
—
4,718 $

704 $

2,122
—
761
—
—
3,587 $

479
2,054
—
(45)
—
—
2,488

The following table provides information for the weighted average assumptions for United States and foreign plans

used in determining net benefit cost:

Discount rate ............................................
Rate of return ...........................................
Initial healthcare trend rate .......................
Ultimate healthcare trend rate ..................

2013

Pension
2012

4.27%
8.31%
—
—

4.28%
8.27%
—
—

2011

2013

Other Benefits
2012

2011

5.50%
8.31%
—
—

3.83%
—
8.15%
5.0%

3.95%
—
8.5%
5.0%

5.10%
—
8.0%
5.0%

F-36

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides summarized information on the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans,
measured as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet and in
accumulated other comprehensive income with respect to the plans:

Pension

Other Benefits

2013

2012

2013

2012

Under Funded

Benefit obligation, beginning of year .......................... $
Service cost ................................................................
Interest cost ................................................................
Actuarial (gain) loss ....................................................
Currency translation ...................................................
Benefits paid ...............................................................
Medicare Part D reimbursement ................................
Settlements.................................................................
Administrative costs ...................................................
Curtailments ...............................................................
Projected benefit obligation, end of year ....................
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year ...............
Actual return on plan assets .......................................
Contributions ..............................................................
Benefits paid ...............................................................
Settlements paid .........................................................
Administrative costs ...................................................
Currency translation ...................................................
Fair value of plan assets, end of year ........................
Funded status, end of year ......................................... $

397,184 $
1,819
16,842
(30,755)

861

(Dollars in thousands)
393,794 $
2,331
16,561
2,345
678

(17,004)

(16,227)

—
—

(1,216)

—
367,731
276,863
28,813
17,724
(17,004)

—

(1,216)

—

(767)
(1,452)
(79)

397,184
243,324
33,946
17,567
(16,227)
(767)
(1,452)

301
472
276,863
305,481
(62,250) $ (120,321) $

55,609 $
663
2,707
(3,833)
—
(2,860)
162
—
—
—
52,448
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(52,448) $

49,508
704
2,122
6,161
—
(3,106)
220
—
—
—
55,609
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(55,609)

The following table sets forth information as to amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to

the plans:

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities ........................... $
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities .............
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ....................

Pension

2013

Other Benefits

2012
2013
(Dollars in thousands)

2012

(1,819) $

(60,431)
144,866
82,616 $

(1,784) $

(118,537)
186,916

66,595 $

(3,381 ) $
(49,067 )
7,073
(45,375 ) $

(3,200)
(52,409)
12,254
(43,355)

F-37

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following tables set forth information as to amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income

(loss) with respect to the plans:

Pension

Prior Service
Cost (Credit)

Net (Gain)
or Loss

Deferred
Taxes

(Dollars in thousands)

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss,
Net of Tax

Balance at December 31, 2011 ......................................... $
Reclassification adjustments related to components of
Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the
period:

251 $ 204,257 $ (74,488 ) $

130,020

Net amortization and deferral ..........................
Curtailment ......................................................
Settlement .......................................................

(35)
—
—

(6,439)
118
(106)

2,287
(44 )
40

(4,187)
74
(66)

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation ............
Impact of currency translation .........................
Balance at December 31, 2012 .........................................
Reclassification adjustments related to components of
Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the
period:

—
—

(11,356)
226
216 186,700

4,696
(58 )
(67,567 )

(6,660)
168
119,349

Net amortization and deferral ..........................

(34)

(5,813)

1,947

(3,900)

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation ............
Impact of currency translation .........................

Balance at December 31, 2013 ......................................... $

—
—

(36,446)
13,206
(66 )
243
182 $ 144,684 $ (52,480 ) $

(23,240)
177
92,386

Other Benefits

Prior Service
Cost (Credit)

Initial
Obligation

Net (Gain) or
Loss

Deferred
Taxes

(Dollars in thousands)

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss,
Net of Tax

Balance at December 31, 2011..................................... $
Reclassification adjustments related to components of
Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the
period:

(93) $

102 $

6,845 $

(2,326) $

4,528

Net Amortization and deferral ......................

(97)

(719 )

277

(484)

Amounts Arising During the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation ........
Balance at December 31, 2012.....................................
Reclassification adjustments related to components of
Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the
period:

Net Amortization and deferral ......................
Amounts Arising During the period:
Actuarial changes in benefit obligation ........

Balance at December 31, 2013..................................... $

—
(38)

—
5

6,161
12,287

(2,297)
(4,346)

3,864
7,908

—
17 $

(5)

(1,398 )

492

(856)

—
— $

(3,833 )
7,056 $

1,432
(2,422) $

(2,401)
4,651

F-38

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides the weighted average assumptions for United States and foreign plans used in

determining benefit obligations:

Discount rate .......................................................................
Rate of compensation increase ...........................................
Initial healthcare trend rate ..................................................
Ultimate healthcare trend rate .............................................

4.98%
3.0%
—
—

4.27%
3.0%
—
—

4.70%
—
7.0%
5.0%

3.83%
—
8.15%
5.0%

Pension

2013

2012

Other Benefits

2013

2012

The discount rate represents the interest rate used to determine the present value of future cash flows currently
expected to be required to settle the Company’s pension and other benefit obligations. The weighted average discount
rates for United States pension plans and other benefit plans of 5.09% and 4.70%, respectively, were established by
comparing the projection of expected benefit payments to the AA Above Median yield curve as of December 31, 2013.
The expected benefit payments are discounted by each corresponding discount rate on the yield curve. For payments
beyond 30 years, the Company extends the curve assuming that the discount rate derived in year 30 is extended to
the end of the plan’s payment expectations. Once the present value of the string of benefit payments is established, the
Company determines the single rate on the yield curve that, when applied to all obligations of the plan, will exactly match
the previously determined present value.

As part of its evaluation of pension and other postretirement assumptions, assumptions for mortality and healthcare
cost trends incorporate generational white and blue collar mortality trends. The Company currently uses the generational
tables when determining the liability, which takes into consideration increases in plan participant longevity. As a result,
the Company expects less significant increases in plan obligations in the future.

The Company’s assumption for the Expected Return on Plan Assets is primarily based on the determination of an
expected return for its current portfolio. This determination is made using assumptions for return and volatility of the
portfolio. Asset class assumptions are set using a combination of empirical and forward-looking analysis. To the extent
historical results have been affected by unsustainable trends or events, the effects of those trends are quantified and
removed. The Company applies a variety of models for filtering historical data and isolating the fundamental
characteristics of asset classes. These models provide empirical return estimates for each asset class, which are then
reviewed and combined with a qualitative assessment of long term relationships between asset classes before a return
estimate is finalized. The qualitative analysis is intended to provide an additional means for correcting for the effect of
unrealistic or unsustainable short-term valuations or trends, resulting in return levels and behavior the Company believes
are more likely to prevail over long periods.

Increasing the assumed healthcare trend rate by 1% would increase the benefit obligation by $4.3 million and would
increase the 2013 benefit expense by $0.3 million. Decreasing the trend rate by 1% would decrease the benefit obligation
by $3.7 million and would decrease the 2013 benefit expense by $0.2 million.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all United States and foreign defined benefit pension plans was $367.3 million
and $396.7 million for 2013 and 2012, respectively. All of our pension plans had accumulated benefit obligations in excess
of their respective plan assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

F-39

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company’s investment objective is to achieve an enhanced long-term rate of return on plan assets, subject to a
prudent level of portfolio risk, for the purpose of enhancing the security of benefits for participants. These investments are
held primarily in equity and fixed income mutual funds. The Company’s other investments are largely comprised of a
hedge fund of funds and a structured credit fund. The equity funds are diversified in terms of domestic and international
equity securities, as well as small, middle and large capitalization stocks. The domestic mutual funds held in the plans are
subject to the diversification standards and industry limitations on concentration of holdings set forth in the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, and SEC staff guidance. The Company’s target allocation percentage is as follows:
equity securities (45%); fixed-income securities (35%) and other securities (20%). The portfolio allocation was changed
during 2012. The changes increase diversification of the portfolio and reduce expected variability of the portfolio returns,
while maintaining the same expected return level. The new composition is expected to bring a better balance of return and
risk expectations of the pension plan. Equity funds are held for their expected return over inflation. Fixed-income funds are
held for diversification relative to equities and as a partial hedge of interest rate risk to plan liabilities. The other
investments are held to further diversify assets within the plans and are designed to provide a mix of equity and bond like
return with a bond like risk profile. The plans may also hold cash to meet liquidity requirements. Actual performance may
not be consistent with the respective investment strategies. Investment risks and returns are measured and monitored on
an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and investment portfolio reviews to determine whether the asset
allocation targets continue to represent an appropriate balance of expected risk and reward.

The following table provides the fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2013 by asset

category:

Fair Value Measurements at 12/31/13

Significant
Observable
Inputs

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
(Dollars in thousands)
472 $
310

(Level 2)

472 $
310

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

— $
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
9,003
87
847

—
—
1,402
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

29,109
22,540
—
—
5
51,654

77,140
19,760
30,183

10,972
928
2,319
1,270

76,608
2,569
4,455
12,754
—
—
—

—
—
—
2,748
—

242,488 $ 11,339 $

Asset Category (a)

Total

Cash ............................................................................ $
Money market funds ....................................................
Equity securities:

Managed volatility (b) ..........................................
United States small/mid-cap equity (c) ...............
World Equity (excluding United States) (d) .........
Common Equity Securities – Teleflex

Incorporated ...................................................
Diversified United Kingdom Equity .....................
Diversified Global ................................................
Emerging Markets ...............................................

Fixed income securities:

Long duration bond fund (e) ...............................
UK corporate bond fund ......................................
UK Government bond fund .................................
High yield bond fund (f) .......................................
Emerging markets debt fund (g) .........................
Corporate, government and foreign bonds .........
Asset backed – home loans ................................

Other types of investments:

77,140
19,760
30,183

10,972
928
2,319
1,270

76,608
2,569
4,455
12,754
9,003
87
847

Structured credit (h) ............................................
Hedge fund of funds (i) .......................................
UK Property Fund (j) ...........................................
Multi asset fund (k) .............................................
Other ...................................................................

29,109
22,540
1,402
2,748
5
Total ........................................................... $ 305,481 $

F-40

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides the fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2012 by asset

category:

Fair Value Measurements at 12/31/12

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

408 $
361

(Dollars in thousands)
408 $
361

— $
—

Asset Category (a)

Cash .................................................................................. $
Money market funds ..........................................................
Equity securities:

Managed volatility (b)................................................
United States small/mid-cap equity (c) .....................
World Equity (excluding United States) (d) ..............
Common Equity Securities – Teleflex Incorporated .
Diversified United Kingdom Equity ...........................
Diversified Global (excluding United

66,413
16,543
27,257
8,336
6,681

Kingdom) ..............................................................

3,267

—
—
—
—
—

—

Fixed income securities:

Long duration bond fund (e) .....................................
High yield bond fund (f) ............................................
Emerging markets debt fund (g) ...............................
Corporate, government and foreign bonds ...............
Asset backed – home loans .....................................

73,370
10,896
8,453
5,675
1,005

Other types of investments:

Structured credit (h) ..................................................
Hedge fund of funds (i) .............................................
Other .........................................................................

26,828
21,365
5
Total ................................................................. $276,863 $

73,370
10,896
8,453
—
—

—
—
—

221,985 $

—
—
—
5,675
1,005

—
—
—
6,680 $

—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
—

26,828
21,365
5
48,198

(a)

Information on asset categories described in notes (b)-(k) is derived from prospectuses and other material provided
by the respective funds comprising the respective asset categories.

(b) This category comprises mutual funds that invest in securities of United States and non-United States companies of

all capitalization ranges that exhibit relatively low volatility.

(c) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of small and
mid-sized companies. The fund invests in common stocks or exchange traded funds holding common stock of
United States companies with market capitalizations in the range of companies in the Russell 2500 Index.

(d) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of foreign
companies. These securities may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, exchange traded funds based
on an international equity index and derivative instruments whose value is based on an international equity index
and derivative instruments whose value is based on an underlying equity security or a basket of equity securities.
The fund invests in securities of foreign issuers located in developed and emerging market countries. However, the
fund will not invest more than 30% of its assets in the common stocks or other equity securities of issuers located in
emerging market countries.

(e) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics
similar to fixed income securities. The fund invests in investment grade fixed income instruments, including
securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government and its agencies and instrumentalities, corporate
bonds, asset-backed securities, exchange traded funds, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage-
backed securities. The fund invests primarily in long duration government and corporate fixed income securities, and
uses derivative instruments, including interest rate swap agreements and Treasury futures contracts, for the purpose
of managing the overall duration and yield curve exposure of the Fund’s portfolio of fixed income securities.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in higher-yielding fixed income
securities, including corporate bonds and debentures, convertible and preferred securities and zero coupon
obligations.

(f)

(g) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities of
emerging market issuers, primarily in United States dollar-denominated debt of foreign governments, government-
related and corporate issuers in emerging market countries and entities organized to restructure the debt of those
issuers.

F-41

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(h) This category comprises a fund that invests primarily in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and other structured
credit vehicles. The fund investments may include fixed income securities, loan participants, credit-linked notes,
medium-term notes, pooled investment vehicles and derivative instruments.

(i)
This category comprises a hedge fund that invests in various other hedge funds. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 approximately 28% and 22%, respectively, of the assets of the hedge fund were invested in equity hedge

based funds, including equity long/short and equity market neutral strategies;

 approximately 18% and 30%, respectively, of the assets were held in tactical/directional based funds,

including global macro, long/short equity, commodity and systematic quantitative strategies;

 approximately 25% and 25%, respectively, of the assets were held in relative value based funds, including

convertible and fixed income arbitrage, credit long/short and volatility arbitrage strategies;

 approximately 23% and 17%, respectively, of the assets were held in funds with an event driven strategy;

and

 approximately 6% and 6%, respectively, of the assets were held in cash.

(j)

This category comprises a fund that invests primarily in UK freehold and leasehold property. The fund does not
invest in higher risk activities such as developments. The fund may invest in indirect vehicles and property
derivatives.

(k) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests primarily in equities, bonds and alternatives.

The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in Level 3 pension assets measured at fair value on a

recurring basis from December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2013:

Hedge Fund
of Funds

Structured
Credit
(Dollars in thousands)
— $

Other
Investments

Balance at December 31, 2011 ................................................ $
Purchases .................................................................................
Sales/redemptions ....................................................................
Actual return on assets .............................................................
Foreign currency adjustment ....................................................
Balance at December 31, 2012 ................................................
Actual return on assets .............................................................
Balance at December 31, 2013 ................................................ $

20,624 $
—
—
741
—
21,365
1,175
22,540 $

26,000
—
828
—
26,828
2,281
29,109 $

531
—
(509)
(35)
18
5
—
5

The Company’s contributions to United States and foreign pension plans during 2014 are expected to be
approximately $9.4 million. Contributions to postretirement healthcare plans during 2014 are expected to be
approximately $3.4 million.

The following table provides information about the Company’s expected benefit payments for U.S. and foreign plans
for each of the five succeeding years and the aggregate of the five years thereafter, net of the annual average Medicare
Part D subsidy of approximately $0.2 million:

2014 .............................................................................................. $ 16,969 $
17,497
2015 ..............................................................................................
18,145
2016 ..............................................................................................
18,653
2017 ..............................................................................................
19,382
2018 ..............................................................................................
108,118
Years 2019 — 2023 ......................................................................

3,381
3,459
3,580
3,556
3,859
20,347

Pension

Other Benefits

(Dollars in thousands)

The Company maintains a number of defined contribution savings plans covering eligible United States and non-
United States employees. The Company partially matches employee contributions. Costs related to these plans were
$12.1 million, $10.1 million and $10.2 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-42

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 15 — Commitments and contingent liabilities

Operating leases: The Company uses various leased facilities and equipment in its operations. The lease terms for
these leased assets vary depending on the terms of the applicable lease agreement. At December 31, 2013, the
Company had no residual value guarantees related to its operating leases.

Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2013 under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

2014 ...................................................................................... $
2015 ......................................................................................
2016 ......................................................................................
2017 ......................................................................................
2018 and thereafter ...............................................................

Future Lease Payments
(Dollars in thousands)
21,700
17,000
13,700
11,800
46,200

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has recorded approximately $13.6 million in property, plant and equipment
representing the estimated fair value of the Company’s percentage of the costs to construct buildings under two separate
build-to-suit leases. One build-to-suit lease relates to the Company’s corporate headquarters, which represents
approximately $9.6 million of the asset recorded as of December 31, 2013. Construction of the corporate headquarters
has been completed and the lease commenced on February 1, 2014. The estimated fair value of the Company’s
percentage of the costs to construct the corporate headquarters at the end of the construction period is $11.2 million. The
second build-to-suit lease was entered into in August of 2013 and relates to a United States operating facility.
Construction on the second build-to-suit facility commenced shortly before the end of the third quarter of 2013 and is
expected to be completed in October 2014. The estimated fair value of the Company’s percentage of the construction
costs to complete the second build-to-suit lease is approximately $23.0 million. For accounting purposes, the Company is
deemed the owner of the asset during the construction period and is required to record the estimated fair value of the
Company’s percentage of the construction costs as construction in progress during the construction period and record a
related current liability in the same amount. These amounts do not reflect the Company’s cash obligations, but represent
the landlord’s costs to construct the Company’s portion of the building and tenant improvements. On February 1, 2014,
the Company derecognized the assets and related liabilities of the corporate headquarters upon commencement of the
respective lease terms.

Rental expense under operating leases was $26.4 million, $24.0 million and $26.3 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011,

respectively.

Environmental: The Company is subject to contingencies as a result of environmental laws and regulations that in the
future may require the Company to take further action to correct the effects on the environment of prior disposal practices
or releases of chemical or petroleum substances by the Company or other parties. Much of this liability results from the
United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, often referred to as Superfund,
the United States Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and similar state laws. These laws require the Company to
undertake certain investigative and remedial activities at sites where the Company conducts or once conducted
operations or at sites where Company-generated waste was disposed.

Remediation activities vary substantially in duration and cost from site to site. These activities, and their associated
costs, depend on the mix of unique site characteristics, evolving remediation technologies, the regulatory agencies
involved and their enforcement policies, as well as the presence or absence of other potentially responsible parties. At
December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has recorded approximately $2.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively, in
accrued liabilities and approximately $5.8 million and $6.9 million, respectively, in other liabilities relating to these matters.
Considerable uncertainty exists with respect to these liabilities and, if adverse changes in circumstances occur, potential
liability may exceed the amount accrued as of December 31, 2013. The time frame over which the accrued amounts may
be paid out, based on past history, is estimated to be 15-20 years.

F-43

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Litigation: The Company is a party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These
lawsuits and claims include actions involving product liability, intellectual property, employment and environmental
matters. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has recorded reserves of approximately $6.8 million and $2.3
million, respectively, in connection with such contingencies, representing its best estimate of the cost within the range of
estimated possible loss that will be incurred to resolve these matters. Of the $6.8 million reserved for at December 31,
2013, $1.4 million pertains to discontinued operations.

Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, established reserves and other resources, the Company

does not believe that any such actions are likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to its business, financial
condition, results of operations or liquidity. However, in the event of unexpected further developments, it is possible that
the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters, if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to the
Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and
expenses are charged to selling, general and administrative expenses in the period incurred.

Tax audits and examinations: The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to tax examinations by various
taxing authorities. As of December 31 2013, the most significant tax examinations in process were in Canada, the Czech
Republic, Germany and Austria. In conjunction with these examinations and as a regular and routine practice, the
Company may establish reserves or adjust existing reserves with respect to uncertain tax positions. Accordingly,
developments occurring with respect to these examinations, including resolution of uncertain tax positions, could result in
increases or decreases to the Company’s recorded tax liabilities, which could impact the Company’s financial results.

Other: The Company has various purchase commitments for materials, supplies and items of permanent investment
incident to the ordinary conduct of business. On average, such commitments are not at prices in excess of current market
prices.

Note 16 — Business segments and other information

An operating segment is a component of the Company (a) that engages in business activities from which it may earn
revenues and incur expenses, (b) whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating
decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance, and
(c) for which discrete financial information is available. Based on these criteria, the Company identified its four operating
segments, which also comprise its four reportable segments.

Three of the four reportable segments are geographically based: Americas (representing the Company’s operations in
North America and Latin America), EMEA (representing the Company’s operations in Europe, the Middle East and Africa)
and Asia. The fourth reportable segment is Original Equipment Manufacturer and Development Services (“OEM”).

The Company’s geographically based segments design, manufacture and distribute medical devices primarily used in
critical care, surgical applications and cardiac care and generally serve two end markets: hospitals and healthcare
providers, and home health. The products of the geographically based segments are most widely used in the acute care
setting for a range of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty surgical applications. The
Company’s OEM Segment designs, manufactures and supplies devices and instruments for other medical device
manufacturers.

The following tables present the Company’s segment results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012

and 2011:

Segment Results

Segment net revenues from external customers ... $
Segment depreciation and amortization .............
Segment operating profit(1) ........................................
Segment assets...................................................
Segment expenditures for property, plant and

equipment .......................................................
Restructuring and other impairment charges ......
Intersegment revenues .......................................

Americas

800,464 $

69,653
97,386
2,266,161

47,554
18,265
128,512

F-44

EMEA

557,427 $

Year Ended December 31, 2013
Asia
(Dollars in thousands)
207,207 $
4,774
70,800
240,535

28,938
76,199
1,008,329

OEM

Totals

131,173 $ 1,696,271
107,935
271,713
3,577,768

4,570
27,328
62,743

11,487
19,007
153,951

754
592
40,579

2,625
588
519

62,420
38,452

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Segment Results

Segment net revenues from external customers .. $
Segment depreciation and amortization .............
Segment operating profit(1) ........................................
Segment assets ..................................................
Segment expenditures for property, plant and

equipment .......................................................
Restructuring and other impairment charges ......
Intersegment revenues .......................................

Americas

726,810 $

64,174
91,627
1,947,583

EMEA

510,248 $

Year Ended December 31, 2012
Asia
(Dollars in thousands)
173,721 $
3,653
59,421
245,578

22,974
54,746
985,069

OEM

Totals

140,230 $ 1,551,009
94,884
237,458
3,211,466

4,083
31,664
33,236

32,023
743
135,499

14,717
2,294
76,967

472
—
4,660

10,830
—
422

58,042
3,037

Segment Results

Americas

EMEA

Year Ended December 31, 2011
Asia
(Dollars in thousands)

OEM

Totals

Segment net revenues from external customers ... $
Segment depreciation and amortization .............
Segment operating profit(1) ........................................
Segment assets ..................................................
Segment expenditures for property, plant and

688,036 $
65,580
90,046
2,078,850

525,277 $
23,419
74,311
789,978

149,585 $ 129,630 $ 1,492,528
96,496
236,157
3,095,752

3,848
47,101
199,684

3,649
24,699
27,240

equipment .......................................................
Restructuring and other impairment charges ......
Intersegment revenues .......................................

23,203
4,626
137,499

11,843
1,379
67,199

804
—
1

5,565
—
464

41,415
6,005

(1) Segment operating profit includes a segment’s net revenues from external customers reduced by its cost of goods
sold, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses and an allocation of
corporate expenses. Segment operating profit excludes goodwill impairment charges, restructuring and impairment
charges, net (gain) loss on sales of businesses and assets, interest income and expense, loss on extinguishment of
debt and taxes on income.

The following tables present reconciliations of segment results to the Company’s consolidated income (loss) from
continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishments of debt and taxes for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2013, 2012 and , 2011:

Reconciliation of Segment Operating Profit to Income (Loss) from
Continuing Operations Before Interest, Loss on
Extinguishments of Debt and Taxes

Segment operating profit ....................................................................... $
Goodwill impairment ..............................................................................
Restructuring and other impairment charges ........................................
Net gain (loss) on sales of businesses and assets ...............................
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, loss on

2013

Year Ended
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

271,713 $

—
(38,452)
—

237,458 $
(332,128)
(3,037)
332

2011

236,157
—
(6,005)
(582)

extinguishments of debt and taxes ................................................... $

233,261 $

(97,375) $

229,570

Reconciliation of Segment Assets to Consolidated Total Assets

2013

Segment assets .................................................................................... $
Corporate assets ...................................................................................
Assets of businesses divested ..............................................................
Assets held for sale ...............................................................................
Total assets ........................................................................................... $

F-45

Year Ended
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
3,211,466 $
514,258
—
7,963
3,733,687 $

3,577,768 $
620,811
—
10,428
4,209,007 $

2011

3,095,752
767,231
53,218
7,902
3,924,103

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Reconciliation of Segment Expenditures for Property, Plant and
Equipment to Consolidated Total Expenditures for Property,
Plant and Equipment

2013

Year Ended
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

2011

Segment expenditures for property, plant and equipment ................... $
Corporate expenditures for property, plant and equipment .................
Total expenditures for property, plant and equipment ......................... $

62,420 $
1,160
63,580 $

58,042 $
7,352
65,394 $

41,415
3,167
44,582

Effective January 1, 2014, the Company realigned its operating segments. The Vascular, Anesthesia/Respiratory and

Surgical businesses, which previously comprised much of the Americas reporting segment, are now separate reporting
segments. Additionally, the Company made changes to the allocation methodology of certain costs, including
manufacturing variances and research and development costs, amongst the businesses to improve accountability.
Because the change in segment reporting structure became effective in the first quarter of 2014, the segment information
presented above does not reflect this change.

The following table provides total net revenues and total net property, plant and equipment by geographic region for

the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

Net revenues (based on business unit location):

2013

Year Ended
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

2011

United States ................................................................... $ 844,884 $ 789,771 $ 762,957
55,228
Other Americas ................................................................
128,072
Germany ..........................................................................
403,274
Other Europe ...................................................................
142,997
All Other ...........................................................................
$1,696,271 $1,551,009 $ 1,492,528

57,656
133,598
438,567
221,566

53,665
123,355
393,627
190,591

Net property, plant and equipment:

United States ................................................................... $ 203,985 $ 180,833 $ 159,042
12,492
Other Americas ................................................................
8,549
Germany ..........................................................................
53,775
Other Europe ...................................................................
18,054
All Other ...........................................................................
$ 325,900 $ 297,945 $ 251,912

12,828
12,197
58,843
33,244

12,350
12,135
61,891
35,539

Note 17 — Condensed consolidating guarantor financial information

In June 2011, Teleflex Incorporated (referred to below as “Parent Company”) issued $250 million of 6.875% senior
subordinated notes through a registered public offering. The notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain of the
Parent Company’s subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The
guarantees are full and unconditional, subject to certain customary release provisions. Each Guarantor Subsidiary is
directly or indirectly 100% owned by the Parent Company. The Company’s condensed consolidating statements of
income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) and condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the years
ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and condensed consolidating balance sheets as
of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, each of which are set forth below, provide condensed consolidating
information for:

a. Parent Company, the issuer of the guaranteed obligations;

b. Guarantor Subsidiaries, on a combined basis;

c. Non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis; and

d. Parent Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidating basis.

F-46

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The same accounting policies as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements are used by the Parent
Company and each of its subsidiaries in connection with the condensed consolidating financial information set forth
below, with the exception that the Parent Company and Guarantor Subsidiaries use the equity method of accounting to
reflect ownership interests in subsidiaries which are eliminated upon consolidation.

Consolidating entries and eliminations in the following condensed consolidating financial statements represent
adjustments to (a) eliminate intercompany transactions between or among the Parent Company, the Guarantor
Subsidiaries and the Non-guarantor subsidiaries, (b) eliminate the investments in subsidiaries and (c) record consolidating
entries.

During 2013, we made two adjustments to the 2012 condensed consolidating balance sheet included within the
guarantor financial information to correct 1) the presentation of intercompany payables, receivables and loans, which had
been improperly netted; and 2) the classification and elimination of an intercompany investment, which had been
improperly classified as a non-guarantor rather than a guarantor.

The following table illustrates the increase/(decrease) to the previously reported amounts as of December 31, 2012:

Non-

Parent

Condensed
Company Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Guarantor

(Dollars in thousands)

Accounts receivable, net .............................................................. $
Accounts receivable from consolidated subsidiaries ...................
Investments in affiliates ................................................................
Note receivable and other amounts due from consolidated

subsidiaries .............................................................................
Other assets .................................................................................
Total assets ........................................................................ $

— $

(763,757) $
422,058 2,520,933
87,855

—

529,913

804,843
— (2,699,168)
(49,294) $

951,971 $

993,224 $
(229,467 ) $
192,170 (3,135,161)
(87,855)

—

77 (1,334,833)
(700,354 ) 3,399,522
(165,103) $
(737,574 ) $

Accounts payable ......................................................................... $
(77,129) $
Accounts payable to consolidated subsidiaries ........................... 2,563,602
Notes payable and other amounts due to consolidated

subsidiaries .............................................................................

878,148
Other liabilities ............................................................................. (2,412,650)
951,971
Total liabilities ....................................................................

(829,286) $
512,145

(86,809 ) $
993,224 $
59,414 (3,135,161)

275,674
(7,827)
(49,294)

183,741 (1,337,563)
(981,775 ) 3,402,252
(77,248)
(825,429 )

Total common shareholders’ equity .............................................
Total equity .......................................................................

—
—

87,855
87,855

(87,855)
(87,855)

Total liabilities and equity .................................................. $

951,971 $

(49,294) $

(737,574 ) $

(165,103) $

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—

—

In addition, we adjusted the 2012 and 2011 condensed consolidating statement of cash flows included within the

guarantor financial information to correctly present dividends received from subsidiaries as an operating activity.

F-47

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following tables illustrate the increase/(decrease) to the previously reported amounts as of December 31, 2012

and 2011:

Cash Flows from Operating Activities of Continuing

Operations ................................................................... $

1,077 $

71,965 $

25,861 $

(98,903) $

—

Year Ended December 31, 2012
Non-
Guarantor

Guarantor
Condensed
Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Parent
Company

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing

Operations:

Intercompany transactions .....................................
Intercompany dividends paid ..................................

(1,077)
—

(55,065)
(16,900)

56,142
(82,003 )

—
98,903

Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing

Operations ................................................................... $

(1,077) $

(71,965) $

(25,861 )

98,903 $

—
—

—

Year Ended December 31, 2011
Non-
Guarantor

Condensed
Guarantor
Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Parent
Company

(Dollars in millions)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities of Continuing

Operations ................................................................... $

1,450 $

86,896 $

15,278 $

(103,624) $

Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing

Operations:

Intercompany transactions .....................................
Intercompany dividends paid ..................................

(1,450)

(68,596)
(18,300)

70,046
(85,324 )

—
103,624

Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing

Operations ...................................................................

(1,450)

(86,896)

(15,278 )

103,624 $

—

—
—

—

The corrections had no impact on the consolidated financial information, but rather, resulted in reclassifications
amongst the parent, guarantor subsidiaries, non-guarantor subsidiaries and eliminations as illustrated above. We do not
consider the errors to be material to the previously issued consolidated financial statements. The Company will also
revise the previously reported interim 2013 condensed consolidating statements of cash flows when presented in future
filings.

F-48

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Net revenues ..................................................................... $
Cost of goods sold ............................................................
Gross profit ........................................................................
Selling, general and administrative expenses ..................
Research and development expenses .............................
Restructuring and other impairment charges ...................
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest,

loss on extinguishments of debt and taxes ...................
Interest expense ...............................................................
Interest income .................................................................
Loss on extinguishments of debt ......................................
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes ....
Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from continuing

operations .....................................................................
Equity in net income (loss) of consolidated subsidiaries .....
Income (loss) from continuing operations .........................
Operating income (loss) from discontinued operations ....
Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from discontinued

operations .....................................................................

Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) ..............................................................
Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to

noncontrolling interests .......................................
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders .....
Other comprehensive income attributable to common

Year Ended December 31, 2013
Non-
Guarantor

Condensed
Guarantor
Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Parent

Company

— $
—
—
39,176
—
935

(Dollars in thousands)
963,184 $
543,717
419,467
178,358
9,351
22,229

1,001,404 $
582,110
419,294
284,960
55,694
15,288

(268,317) $
(268,501)
184
(307)
—
—

1,696,271
857,326
838,945
502,187
65,045
38,452

(40,111)
134,879
(15)
1,250
(176,225)

(63,857)
263,469
151,101
(1,947)

(1,727)
(220)
150,881

63,352
(85,058)
(5)
—
148,415

42,804
141,773
247,384
—

(170)
170
247,554

209,529
7,084
(604 )
—
203,049

45,354
288
157,983
(258 )

491
—
—
—
491

(754)
(405,530)
(404,285)
—

127
(385 )
157,598

—
—
(404,285)

233,261
56,905
(624)
1,250
175,730

23,547
—
152,183
(2,205)

(1,770)
(435)
151,748

—
150,881

—
247,554

867
156,731

—
(404,285)

867
150,881

shareholders .................................................................

21,193

1,960

5,442

(7,402)

21,193

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common

shareholders ................................................................. $

172,074 $

249,514 $

162,173 $

(411,687) $

172,074

F-49

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Parent

Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

Year Ended December 31, 2012
Non—
Guarantor

Net revenues ..................................................................... $
Cost of goods sold ............................................................
Gross profit ........................................................................
Selling, general and administrative expenses ..................
Research and development expenses .............................
Goodwill impairment .........................................................
Restructuring and other impairment charges ...................
Net gain on sales of businesses and assets ....................
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest

and taxes .......................................................................
Interest expense ...............................................................
Interest income .................................................................
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes .......
Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from continuing

operations .....................................................................
Income (loss) from discontinued operations .....................
Net income (loss) ..............................................................
Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to

noncontrolling interests .......................................
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders .....
Other comprehensive income attributable to common

- $
-
-
34,657
-
-
-
(116,193)

81,536
143,653
(372)
(61,745)

(63,806)
(190,742)
(188,681)
(2,647)

(1,271)
(1,376)
(190,057)

(Dollars in thousands)
833,903 $
482,881
351,022
160,089
7,629
349
2,439
(332 )

950,888 $
552,726
398,162
259,476
48,649
331,779
598
(149,240)

(93,100)
(81,328)
(23)
(11,749)

45,068
124,918
68,101
(9,179)

180,848
7,240
(1,176 )
174,784

35,670
-
139,114
2,619

(233,782) $
(232,823)
(959)
267
-
-
-
265,433

(266,659)
-
-
(266,659)

(519)
65,824
(200,316)
-

(129)
(9,050)
59,051

(487 )
3,106
142,220

-
-
(200,316)

1,551,009
802,784
748,225
454,489
56,278
332,128
3,037
(332)

(97,375)
69,565
(1,571)
(165,369)

16,413
-
(181,782)
(9,207)

(1,887)
(7,320)
(189,102)

-
(190,057)

-
59,051

955
141,265

-
(200,316)

955
(190,057)

shareholders .................................................................

27,305

10,475

8,907

(19,382)

27,305

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common

shareholders ................................................................. $

(162,752) $

69,526 $

150,172 $

(219,698) $

(162,752)

F-50

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

Guarantor

Parent
Condensed
Company Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
(Dollars in thousands)

Guarantor

Non-

Net revenues ........................................................................................ $
Cost of goods sold ...............................................................................
Gross profit ...........................................................................................
Selling, general and administrative expenses .....................................
Research and development expenses ................................................
Restructuring and other impairment charges ......................................
Net loss on sales of businesses and assets ........................................
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, loss on

— $
—
—
39,614
—
11
—

extinguishments of debt and taxes ..................................................

(39,625)
Interest expense .................................................................................. 138,460
(384)
Interest income ....................................................................................
Loss on extinguishments of debt .........................................................
15,413
(193,114)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes .......................
Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from continuing operations ..............
(73,608)
Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries ............................... 473,311
Income from continuing operations ...................................................... 353,805
(55,872)
Operating income (loss) from discontinued operations .......................
(25,396)
Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from discontinued operations ..........
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ........................................
(30,476)
Net income ........................................................................................... 323,329
Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to

923,000 $
552,606
370,394
231,490
41,648
4,615
—

92,641
(68,926)
(67)
—
161,634
52,667
397,131
506,098
40,287
88,582
(48,295)
457,803

804,867 $
467,711
337,156
152,573
7,064
1,379
582

(235,339) $ 1,492,528
783,750
(236,567)
708,778
1,228
423,909
232
48,712
—
6,005
—
582
—

175,558
783
(809 )
—
175,584
47,044
—
128,540
308,268
23,852
284,416
412,956

996
—
—
—
996
(325)
(870,442)
(869,121)
—
—
—
(869,121)

229,570
70,317
(1,260)
15,413
145,100
25,778
—
119,322
292,683
87,038
205,645
324,967

noncontrolling interests ..........................................................

—

1,021

—

1,021

Income from discontinued operations attributable to

noncontrolling interest ............................................................

—
Net income attributable to common shareholders ............................... 323,329
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common

—
457,803

617
411,318

—
(869,121)

617
323,329

shareholders ....................................................................................

(107,473)
Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders ........... $ 215,856 $

(75,928)
381,875 $

(75,737 )
335,581 $

151,665
(717,456) $

(107,473)
215,856

F-51

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Parent

Non-
Guarantor
Condensed
Company Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
(Dollars in thousands)

Guarantor

ASSETS
Current assets

42,749 $
1,822

14,500 $
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................... $
10,948
Accounts receivable, net ...................................................
42,865 2,623,314
Accounts receivable from consolidated subsidiaries ........
211,165
Inventories, net ..................................................................
6,870
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................
—
Prepaid taxes .....................................................................
22,472
Deferred tax assets ...........................................................
3,503
Assets held for sale ...........................................................
152,010 2,892,772
Total current assets ................................................
188,455
Property, plant and equipment, net ..............................................
797,671
Goodwill .......................................................................................
Intangibles assets, net .................................................................
962,243
Investments in affiliates ................................................................ 5,489,676 1,478,429
—
Deferred tax assets ......................................................................
Notes receivable and other amounts due from consolidated

—
15,200
27,487
20,218
1,669

14,189
—
—

35,877

Other assets .................................................................................

subsidiaries ............................................................................. 1,049,344
24,574

873,105
7,447
Total assets ............................................................. $ 6,765,670 $ 7,200,122 $

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

351,587 $
Notes payable .................................................................... $
Accounts payable ..............................................................
2,194
Accounts payable to consolidated subsidiaries ................. 2,644,296
15,569
Accrued expenses .............................................................
Current portion of contingent consideration ......................
—
15,976
Payroll and benefit—related liabilities ...............................
8,720
Accrued interest .................................................................
—
Income taxes payable........................................................
9,646
Other current liabilities .......................................................
Total current liabilities ............................................. 3,047,988
930,000
—
57,406
11,389

Long—term borrowings ................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities ...................................................................
Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities .....................
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions .............................
Notes payable and other amounts due to consolidated

— $
45,802
147,957
21,120
4,131
21,818
—
—
7,517
248,345
—
496,228
33,777
17,241

subsidiaries .............................................................................
Other liabilities .............................................................................

957,451
16,221
Total liabilities .......................................................... 4,852,143 1,769,263
Total common shareholders' equity ............................................. 1,913,527 5,430,859
—
Noncontrolling interest .................................................................
Total equity .............................................................. 1,913,527 5,430,859
Total liabilities and equity ........................................ $ 6,765,670 $ 7,200,122 $

785,476
19,884

—

F-52

374,735 $
279,048
214,469
138,165
17,740
9,017
10,230
5,256
1,048,660
123,256
556,532
293,354
21,382
4,476

— $
3,472
(2,880,648)
(15,709)
—
—
(3)
—
(2,892,888)
—
—
—
(6,987,772)
(39,410)

431,984
295,290
—
333,621
39,810
36,504
52,917
10,428
1,200,554
325,900
1,354,203
1,255,597
1,715
943

14,169
38,074

—
70,095
2,099,903 $ (11,856,688) $ 4,209,007

(1,936,618)
—

4,700 $
23,971
88,395
38,179
—
35,296
5
23,821
5,072
219,439
—
57,896
18,315
26,522

— $
—
(2,880,648)
—
—
—
—
—
(4)
(2,880,652)
—
(39,409)
—
—

356,287
71,967
—
74,868
4,131
73,090
8,725
23,821
22,231
635,120
930,000
514,715
109,498
55,152

197,173
—
12,401
48,506
531,746
2,292,991
1,565,668
1,913,527
2,489
2,489
1,568,157
1,916,016
2,099,903 $ (11,856,688) $ 4,209,007

(1,940,100)
—
(4,860,161)
(6,996,527)
—
(6,996,527)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

Year Ended December 31, 2012
Non-
Guarantor

Guarantor

Condensed
Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Parent

Company

ASSETS
Current assets ...............................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents ................................................ $
Accounts receivable, net ....................................................
Accounts receivable from consolidated subsidiaries .........
Inventories, net ...................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .......................
Prepaid taxes ......................................................................
Deferred tax assets ............................................................
Assets held for sale ............................................................
Total current assets .................................................
Property, plant and equipment, net ...............................................
Goodwill ........................................................................................
Intangibles assets, net ..................................................................
Investments in affiliates .................................................................
Deferred tax assets .......................................................................
Notes receivable and other amounts due from consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

70,860 $
2,147
422,058
—
7,769
11,079
13,987
—
527,900
7,258
—
—
5,226,567
59,644

1,989 $
10,523
2,520,933
202,748
5,294
—
30,201
2,738
2,774,426
168,451
694,070
782,631
1,369,056
—

264,190 $
282,142
192,170
136,492
15,649
19,217
7,882
5,225
922,967
122,236
544,382
276,161
21,379
4,248

— $
3,164
(3,135,161)
(15,893)
—
(3,136)
(1,045)
—
(3,152,071)
—
—
—
(6,614,936)
(62,545)

337,039
297,976
—
323,347
28,712
27,160
51,025
7,963
1,073,222
297,945
1,238,452
1,058,792
2,066
1,347

804,843
8,096

—
61,863
6,601,573 $ 1,911,280 $ (11,164,385) $ 3,733,687

(1,334,833)
—

77
19,830

— $
4,700
44,468
75,165
512,145
—
20,471
65,064
23,693
21,115
19,799
74,586
—
9,418
1,322
16,895
5,779
704
620,024
275,300
—
965,280
426,754
418,874
37,269
170,946
22,127
61,979
275,674
—
27,720
59,771
1,409,568
1,952,150
5,192,005
1,778,950
—
2,587
5,192,005
1,781,537
6,601,573 $ 1,911,280 $ (11,164,385) $ 3,733,687

— $
—
(3,135,161)
—
—
—
—
(3,136)
(1,045)
(3,139,342)
—
(62,544)
—
—
(1,337,563)
—
(4,539,449)
(6,624,936)
—
(6,624,936)

4,700 $
27,331
59,414
33,255
2,578
30,154
5
18,709
5,522
181,668
—
54,664
19,420
26,721
183,741
9,548
475,762
1,432,931
2,587
1,435,518

subsidiaries ...............................................................................
Other assets ..................................................................................

529,913
33,937
Total assets .............................................................. $ 6,385,219 $

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

— $
Notes payable ..................................................................... $
3,366
Accounts payable ...............................................................
2,563,602
Accounts payable to consolidated subsidiaries ..................
11,338
Accrued expenses ..............................................................
—
Current portion of contingent consideration .......................
24,633
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities ...................................
9,413
Accrued interest ..................................................................
—
Income taxes payable.........................................................
Other current liabilities ........................................................
598
2,612,950
Total current liabilities ..............................................
965,280
Long-term borrowings ...................................................................
—
Deferred tax liabilities ....................................................................
114,257
Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities ......................
13,131
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions ..............................
878,148
Notes payable and other amounts due to consolidated subs .......
22,503
Other liabilities ..............................................................................
4,606,269
Total liabilities ...........................................................
1,778,950
Total common shareholders' equity ..............................................
—
Noncontrolling interest ..................................................................
Total equity ...............................................................
1,778,950
Total liabilities and equity ......................................... $ 6,385,219 $

F-53

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Parent

Guarantor

Condensed
Company Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
(Dollars in thousands)

Guarantor

Non-

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities from

continuing operations ........................................................... $

(132,459) $

205,954 $

304,278 $

(147,902) $

229,871

Cash Flows from Investing Activities of Continuing

Operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment ......................
Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of

cash acquired .......................................................................
Investments in affiliates ............................................................
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing

(1,553)

(47,633)

(14,394 )

—

(63,580)

—
(50)

(250,912)
—

(58,096 )
—

—
—

(309,008)
(50)

operations ............................................................................

(1,603)

(298,545)

(72,490 )

—

(372,638)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing

Operations:

Proceeds from new borrowings ...............................................
Repayment of long-term borrowings ........................................
Debt issuance and amendment fees .......................................
Proceeds from stock compensation plans ...............................
Dividends .................................................................................
Payments to minority interest shareholders ............................
Payments for contingent consideration....................................
Intercompany transactions .......................................................
Intercompany dividends paid ...................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from

680,000
(375,000)
(6,400)
7,609
(55,917)
—
—
(141,614)
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
(14,802)
137,304
(17,400)

—
—
—
—
—
(736 )
(2,156 )
4,310
(130,502 )

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
147,902

680,000
(375,000)
(6,400)
7,609
(55,917)
(736)
(16,958)
—
—

continuing operations ...........................................................

108,678

105,102

(129,084 )

147,902

232,598

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:
Net cash used in operating activities .......................................
Net cash used in discontinued operations ...............................
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents ...........................................................................
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ...........
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period ......
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period ............... $

(2,727)
(2,727)

—
(28,111)
70,860
42,749 $

—
—

(600 )
(600 )

—
12,511
1,989
14,500 $

8,441
110,545
264,190
374,735 $

—
—

—
—
—
— $

(3,327)
(3,327)

8,441
94,945
337,039
431,984

F-54

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2012

Parent

Non-
Guarantor
Condensed
Company Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
(Dollars in thousands)

Guarantor

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities from

continuing operations ........................................................... $

(178,782) $

310,736 $

160,802 $

(98,903) $

193,853

Cash Flows from Investing Activities of Continuing

Operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment ......................
Proceeds from sales of businesses and assets, net of cash

(7,352)

(39,118)

(18,924 )

sold .......................................................................................

4,301

45,204

17,155

Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of

—
(80)

(105,195)
—

(264,249 )
—

—

—
—

(65,394)

66,660

(369,444)
(80)

operations ............................................................................

(3,131)

(99,109)

(266,018 )

—

(368,258)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing

Operations:

Decrease in notes payable and current borrowings ................
Proceeds from stock compensation plans ...............................
Dividends .................................................................................
Payments for contingent consideration....................................
Intercompany transactions .......................................................
Intercompany dividends paid ...................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from

—
9,003
(55,589)
—
196,850
—

(421)
—
—
(16,289)
(177,900)
(16,900)

(285 )
—
—
(1,307 )
(18,950 )
(82,003 )

—
—
—
—
—
98,903

(706)
9,003
(55,589)
(17,596)
—
—

continuing operations ...........................................................

150,264

(211,510)

(102,545 )

98,903

(64,888)

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities .................
Net cash used in investing activities ........................................
Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued operations .........
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
equivalents ...............................................................................
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ...........
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period ......
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period ............... $

(12,022)
—
(12,022)

—
(43,671)
114,531
70,860 $

4,223
(2,351)
1,872

—
—
—

—
1,989
—
1,989 $

2,394
(205,367 )
469,557
264,190 $

—
—
—

—
—
—
— $

(7,799)
(2,351)
(10,150)

2,394
(247,049)
584,088
337,039

F-55

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2011

Parent

Guarantor

Condensed
Company Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
(Dollars in thousands)

Guarantor

Non-

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities from

continuing operations ........................................................... $

(107,279) $

234,145 $

71,115 $

(103,624) $

94,357

Cash Flows from Investing Activities of Continuing

Operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment ......................
Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of

(3,167)

(25,840)

(15,575 )

—

(44,582)

cash acquired .......................................................................

—

(24,623)

—

(24,623)

Proceeds from sales of businesses and assets, net of cash

sold .......................................................................................
Investments in affiliates ............................................................
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities from

—
(150)

58,986
—

317,039
—

—
—

376,025
(150)

continuing operations ...........................................................

(3,317)

8,523

301,464

—

306,670

Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing

Operations:

Proceeds from long-term borrowings .......................................
Repayment of long-term borrowings ........................................
Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment fees .............
Decrease (increase) in notes payable and current

borrowings ............................................................................
Proceeds from stock compensation plans ...............................
Dividends .................................................................................
Payments for contingent consideration....................................
Intercompany transactions .......................................................
Intercompany dividends paid ...................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from

515,000
(455,800)
(18,518)

(25,000)
34,009
(55,136)
—
220,302
—

—
—
—

515,000
(455,800)
(18,518)

—
—
—
(5,947)
(227,222)
(18,300)

286
—
—
—
6,920
(85,324 )

—
—
—
—
—
103,624

(24,714)
34,009
(55,136)
(5,947)
—
—

continuing operations ...........................................................

214,857

(251,469)

(78,118 )

103,624

(11,106)

equivalents ...........................................................................
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents .............................
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period ......
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period ............... $

(12,359)
(3)
(12,362)

—
91,899
22,632
114,531 $

9,306
(505)
8,801

3,174
(2,367 )
807

—
—
—
— $

(11,531 )
283,737
185,820
469,557 $

—
—
—

—
—
—
— $

121
(2,875)
(2,754)

(11,531)
375,636
208,452
584,088

F-56

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 18 — Divestiture-related activities

Assets Held for Sale

The table below provides information regarding assets held for sale at December 31, 2013 and 2012. At
December 31, 2013, these assets consisted of four buildings and other assets, which the Company is actively marketing.

Assets held for sale:
Property, plant and equipment ........................................................ $
Total assets held for sale ....................................................... $

2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

10,428 $
10,428 $

7,963
7,963

Discontinued Operations

The Company has recorded $2.2 million, $2.7 million and $17.1 million of expense during 2013, 2012 and 2011,
respectively, associated with retained liabilities related to businesses that have been divested. Of the $17.1 million
recorded in 2011, $7.5 million was associated with recall costs related to defective products, which was a subject of
pending litigation related to the Company’s former Commercial Segment. During the third quarter 2011, the Company
settled the litigation as it related to the recall costs and, as part of the settlement, paid $7.6 million in September 2011.

On August 26, 2012, the Company completed the sale of the orthopedic business of its OEM Segment to Tecomet for

$45.2 million in cash and realized a loss of $39 thousand, net of tax, from the sale of the business.

On December 2, 2011, the Company completed the sale of its business units that design, engineer and manufacture
air cargo systems and air cargo containers and pallets to a subsidiary of AAR CORP. for $280.0 million in cash and
realized a gain of $126.8 million, net of tax, from the sale. In 2012, the Company received an additional $16.8 million in
proceeds as a working capital adjustment pursuant to the terms of the agreement related to the sale of the business,
which resulted in recognition of an additional gain on sale of $2.2 million, net of tax. These business units represented the
sole remaining businesses in the Company’s former Aerospace Segment.

On March 22, 2011, the Company completed the sale of its marine business to an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital, LLC for
consideration of $123.1 million (consisting of $103.1 million in cash, plus a subordinated promissory note in the amount of
$4.5 million and the assumption by the buyer of approximately $15.5 million in liabilities related to the marine business).
Net assets transferred to the buyer in the sale included $1.5 million of cash, resulting in net cash proceeds to the
Company of $101.6 million. The Company realized a gain of $57.3 million, net of tax benefits, from the sale of the
business. The gain reflected the net effect of accumulated losses from pension and postretirement obligations realized by
the Company of approximately $8.4 million and cumulative translation gains realized by the Company of approximately
$33.4 million, resulting in a net change of approximately $25.0 million in accumulated other comprehensive income. In
2012, the $4.5 million subordinated promissory note plus related accrued interest of $0.7 million was paid by the buyer.
The marine business consisted of the Company’s businesses that were engaged in the design, manufacture and
distribution of steering and throttle controls and engine and drive assemblies for the recreational marine market, heaters
for commercial vehicles and burner units for military field feeding appliances. The marine business represented the sole
remaining business in the Company’s former Commercial Segment.

The results of the Company’s discontinued operations for the years 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

Net revenues ............................................................................................................ $
Costs and other expenses .......................................................................................
Goodwill impairment(1) ..............................................................................................
Gain on disposition(2) ................................................................................................
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes ...........................
Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from discontinued

operations ............................................................................................................
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ............................................................
Less: Income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest .....
Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to common shareholders .... $

F-57

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)
— $ 16,616 $ 277,972
18,328 255,919
9,700
—
2,205 270,630
292,683
(9,207)

2,205
—
—
(2,205)

(1,770)
(435)
—
(435) $

(1,887)
(7,320)

87,038
205,645
617
(7,320) $ 205,028

—

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(1) During 2012, the Company recognized a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $9.7 million to adjust the carrying

value of the orthopedic business to its estimated fair value.

(2) The $2.2 million pre-tax gain on disposition during 2012 primarily reflects the gain recognized on the working capital

adjustment related to the sale of the cargo systems and cargo container businesses.

F-58

QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

First

Quarter (2)

Second
Quarter

Third

Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

2013:
Net revenues .................................................................... $ 411,877 $420,059 $ 413,796 $
Gross profit ....................................................................... 200,520
Income from continuing operations before interest, loss

203,992

209,490

on extinguishment of debt and taxes ...........................
Income from continuing operations ..................................
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ....................
Net income ......................................................................
Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to

noncontrolling interest ..................................................
Net income attributable to common shareholders ...........
Earnings per share available to common

shareholders — basic(3):

49,404
27,701

(462)

27,239

63,751
43,401
(766)
42,635

66,042
45,779
1,029
46,808

201
27,038

194
42,441

234
46,574

Income from continuing operations ......................... $
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ............
Net income .............................................................. $

0.67 $
(0.01)
0.66 $

1.05 $
(0.02)
1.03 $

1.11 $
0.02
1.13 $

Earnings per share available to common

shareholders — diluted(3):

Income from continuing operations ......................... $
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ............
Net income .............................................................. $

0.64 $
(0.01)
0.63 $

0.99 $
(0.01)
0.98 $

1.05 $
0.03
1.08 $

2012(1):
Net revenues .................................................................... $ 380,567 $383,332 $ 368,054 $
Gross profit ....................................................................... 184,114
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest
and taxes ......................................................................
..................................................................................... (270,378) 64,722
Income (loss) from continuing operations ........................ (284,113) 47,266
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ....................
Net income (loss) ............................................................. (283,508) 42,899
Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to

49,841
24,451
(2,521)
21,930

180,567

184,364

(4,367)

605

noncontrolling interest ..................................................

286
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders .. (283,735) 42,613
Earnings per share available to common

227

188
21,742

shareholders — basic(3):

Income (loss) from continuing operations ............... $
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ............
Net income (loss) ..................................................... $

(6.97) $
0.01
(6.96) $

1.15 $
(0.11)
1.04 $

0.59 $
(0.06)
0.53 $

Earnings per share available to common

shareholders — diluted(3):

Income (loss) from continuing operations ............... $
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ............
Net income (loss) ..................................................... $

(6.97) $
0.01
(6.96) $

1.14 $
(0.10)
1.04 $

0.58 $
(0.06)
0.52 $

450,539
224,943

54,064
35,302
(236)
35,066

238
34,828

0.85
—
0.85

0.78
(0.01 )
0.77

419,056
199,180

58,440
30,614
(1,037)
29,577

254
29,323

0.74
(0.02)
0.72

0.72
(0.02)
0.70

(1) Amounts reflect the retrospective impact of reporting the orthopedic business as discontinued operations. See Note

18 to the consolidated financial statements.

(2) Amounts for the first quarter 2012 include a pretax goodwill impairment charge of $332.1 million, or $315.1 million

net of tax. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

(3) Each quarter is calculated as a discrete period; the sum of the four quarters may not equal the calculated full year

amount.

F-59

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Dispositions

Additions
Charged to
Income

Accounts
Receivable
Write-offs

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of
Year

December 31, 2013 ..................... $
December 31, 2012 ..................... $
December 31, 2011 ..................... $

7,818 $
6,452 $
4,138 $

— $
— $
(497) $

4,414 $
1,730 $
3,245 $

(1,446) $
(483) $
(884) $

(64) $
119 $
450 $

10,722
7,818
6,452

INVENTORY RESERVE

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Dispositions

Additions
Charged to
Income

Inventory
Write-offs

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of
Year

December 31, 2013

Raw material ........................ $
Work-in-process ..................
Finished goods ....................
$

9,394 $
1,646
20,663
31,703 $

— $
—
—
— $

1,931 $
855
11,440
14,226 $

(5,774) $
(340)
(11,663)
(17,777) $

136 $
(432)
4,517
4,221 $

December 31, 2012

Raw material ........................ $
Work-in-process ..................
Finished goods ....................
$

December 31, 2011

Raw material ........................ $
Work-in-process ..................
Finished goods ....................
$

9,095 $
2,742
21,082
32,919 $

15,717 $

5,908
16,659
38,284 $

(504) $
—
—
(504) $

5,206 $
1,107
13,175
19,488 $

(4,346) $
(2,204)
(12,183)
(18,733) $

(5,064) $
(478)
(2,399)
(7,941) $

877 $
382
15,604
16,863 $

(715) $
(355)
(14,426)
(15,496) $

(57) $
1
(1,411)
(1,467) $

(1,720) $
(2,715)
5,644
1,209 $

5,687
1,729
24,957
32,373

9,394
1,646
20,663
31,703

9,095
2,742
21,082
32,919

DEFERRED TAX ASSET VALUATION ALLOWANCE

Balance at
Beginning of Year

Additions
Charged to
Expense

Reductions
Credited to
Expense

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of Year
86,510
69,527
66,305

(2,582) $
2,007 $
(7,754) $

December 31, 2013 ............................................. $
December 31, 2012 ............................................. $
December 31, 2011 ............................................. $

69,527 $
66,305 $
49,522 $

21,118 $
6,103 $
26,743 $

(1,553) $
(4,888) $
(2,206) $

F-60

The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report:

Exhibit No.

*3.1.1 —

Description
Articles of Incorporation of the Company are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company’s
Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1985.

*3.1.2 —

Amendment to Article Thirteenth of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation is incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 3 of the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 28, 1987.

*3.1.3 —

Amendment to the first paragraph of Article Fourth of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation is
incorporated by reference to Proposal 2 of the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on March 29, 2007.

*3.2 —

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2009).

*4.1.1 —

Indenture, dated August 2, 2010, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3
(Registration No. 333-168464) filed on August 2, 2010).

*4.1.2 —

First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 9, 2010, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
as trustee, relating to the Company’s 3.875% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2017
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).

*4.1.3 —

Form of 3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A
in Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).

*4.1.4 —

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated June 13, 2011, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2011).

*4.1.5 —

Form of 6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A in Exhibit
4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2011).

4.1.6 —

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 28, 2013, among the Company, the Guaranteeing
Subsidiaries party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.875%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019.

*10.1.1 —

Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2002
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2010).

*10.1.2 —

First Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan, effective as of March 22, 2011
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2012).

*10.1.3 —

Second Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan, dated as of December 26,
2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22,
2013).

+*10.2 —

Amended and Restated Teleflex Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 26, 2012
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2013).

*10.3.1 —

Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, effective as of January 1, 2004 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2010).

*10.3.2 —

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, effective as of January 1, 2011
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2011).

*10.3.3 —

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, effective as of January 10,
2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 24,
2012).

*10.3.4 —

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan effective as of August 12,
2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 24,
2012).

Exhibit No.

*10.3.5 —

Description
Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, dated August 30, 2012
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.5 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2013).

*10.3.6 —

Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, dated December 26, 2012
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2013).

10.3.7

Special Amendment to the Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, dated September 19, 2013.

10.3.8

Special Amendment to the Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, dated December 12, 2013.

10.3.9

Sixth Amendment to the Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, dated December 13, 2013.

+*10.4.1 —

2000 Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on
Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-38224), filed on May 31, 2000).

+*10.4.2 —

Amendment dated March 28, 2012, to 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).

+*10.5.1 —

2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s definitive Proxy
Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 21, 2008).

+*10.5.2 —

Amendment dated March 28, 2012, to 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).

10.5.3 —

Form of Stock Option Agreement for stock options granted on or after January 1, 2013 under the
Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.5.4 —

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for restricted awards granted on or after January 1, 2013
under the Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.5.5 —

Restricted Stock Award Agreement between the Company and Benson F. Smith for restricted stock
award granted on March 14, 2013.

+*10.6 —

Teleflex Incorporated 2011 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the
Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 25,
2011).

+*10.7.1 —

Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated June 21, 2005, between the Company and Laurence G.
Miller (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on July 27, 2005).

+*10.7.2 —

First Amendment to Executive Change In Control Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009, between
the Company and Laurence G. Miller (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s
Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2009).

+*10.8 —

Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated December 15, 2011, between the Company and Benson
F. Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 16,
2011).

+*10.9 —

Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated July 30, 2012, between the Company and Liam Kelly
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on July 31, 2012).

+*10.10 —

Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 25, 2011, between the Company and
Benson F. Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on April 26,
2011).

+*10.11 —

Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated July 30, 2012, between the Company and Liam
Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22,
2013).

+*10.12 —

Executive Employment Agreement, dated July 30, 2012, between Teleflex Medical Europe Limited and
Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on July 31,
2012).

Exhibit No.

+*10.13 —

Description
Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company and
Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on April
30, 2013).

+*10.14 —

Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company and Thomas E.
Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013).

+10.15 —

Transition and Post-Employment Benefits Agreement, dated October 31, 2013, between the Company
and Laurence G. Miller.

*10.16 —

Credit Agreement, dated July 16, 2013, among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, the guarantors party thereto, the
lenders party thereto and each other party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2013).

*10.17 —

Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction Confirmation, dated August 3, 2010, between the Company and
Bank of America, National Association, as dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).

*10.18 —

Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction Confirmation, dated August 3, 2010, between the Company and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as agent for JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as dealer
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).

*10.19 —

Issuer Warrant Transaction Confirmation, dated August 3, 2010, between the Company and Bank of
America, National Association, as dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s
Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).

*10.20 —

Issuer Warrant Transaction Confirmation, dated August 3, 2010, between the Company and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc., as agent for JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as dealer (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).

*14 —

Code of Ethics policy applicable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 11, 2004).

21 —

Subsidiaries of the Company.

23 —

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1 —

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.

31.2 —

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.

32.1 —

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.

32.2 —

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.

101.1 —

The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated
Statements of Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and
December 31, 2011; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years
ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011; (iii) the Consolidated Balance
Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011; (v) the
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31,
2012 and December 31, 2011; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Each such exhibit has previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of the filing

indicated and is incorporated herein by reference.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of
this report.

Teleflex Incorporated Non-GAAP Reconciliations

REVENUE GROWTH

2013 GAAP Revenue Growth

Foreign Currency

2013 Constant Currency Revenue Growth

9.4%

-0.4%

9.0%

GROSS MARGIN

$ millions

Teleflex gross profit as-reported

Losses and other charges

Adjusted Teleflex gross profit

Adjusted Teleflex gross margin

Teleflex revenue as-reported

OPERATING MARGIN

$ millions

Twelve Months Ended

12-31-2013

12-31-2012

12-31-2010

838.9

748.2

794.1

2.3

0.5

5.9

841.2

748.7

800.0

49.6%

48.3%

44.4%

1,696.3

1,551.0

1,801.7

Twelve Months Ended

12-31-2013

12-31-2012

Teleflex income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, loss on
extinguishment of debt and taxes

233.3

(97.4)

Goodwill impairment

Restructuring and other impairment charges

Net (gain) loss on sales of businesses and assets

Losses and other charges

Intangible amortization expense

38.5

4.3

50.6

332.1

3.0

(0.3)

14.6

44.3

Adjusted Teleflex income from continuing operations before interest, loss on
extinguishment of debt, taxes and intangible amortization expense

326.6

296.4

Adjusted Teleflex income from continuing operations before interest, loss on
extinguishment of debt, taxes and intangible amortization expense margin

Teleflex revenue as-reported

19.3%

19.1%

1,696.3

1,551.0

Note: GAAP results represent amounts per Form 10K for the year referenced.

Teleflex Incorporated Non-GAAP Reconciliations
(continued)

ADJUSTED INCOME
(dollars in millions, except per share)

2011

2012

2013

Amounts attributable to common shareholders:
income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

Goodwill impairment, net of tax

Restructuring and other impairment charges, net of tax

Gain/(loss) on sales of businesses and assets, net of tax

Loss on extinguishment of debt, net of tax

Losses and other charges, net of tax

Early termination of interest rate swap, net of tax

Amortization of debt discount on convertible notes, net of tax

Intangible amortization expense, net of tax

Anti-dilutive effect on EPS

Tax Adjustment, net of tax

Shares due to Teleflex under note hedge

Adjusted income from continuing operations, net of tax

Adjusted earnings per share from continuing operations

Note: GAAP results represent amounts per Form 10K for the year referenced.

118.3

2.90

0.0

0.00

2.3

0.06

0.0

0.00

0.0

0.00

15.1

0.37

(7.0)

(0.17)

6.2

0.15

27.0

0.66

0.0

0.00

(5.5)

(0.13)

0.0

0.00

156.3

3.83

(182.7)

(4.47)

315.1

7.71

2.5

0.06

(0.3)

(0.01)

0.0

0.00

14.6

0.36

7.0

0.17

6.7

0.16

28.3

0.69

0.0

(0.06)

(9.0)

(0.22)

0.0

0.03

182.2

4.43

151.3

3.46

0.0

0.00

30.7

0.71

0.0

0.00

0.8

0.02

(0.6)

(0.02)

0.0

0.00

7.2

0.16

33.4

0.76

0.0

0.00

(11.1)

(0.25)

0.0

0.19

211.6

5.03

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

EXECUTIVE
LEADERSHIP

LISTED IN ORDER OF ELECTION

SIGISMUNDUS W. W. LUBSEN *2
Retired Member
of the Executive Board
Heineken N.V.

PATRICIA C. BARRON *2
Retired Clinical Professor
Stern School of Business
New York University
Lead Director
Governance Committee Chair

WILLIAM R. COOK *1
Retired President and CEO
Severn Trent Services, Inc.

BENSON F. SMITH
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Teleflex Incorporated

HAROLD L. YOH III *2
Chairman of the Board and CEO
The Day & Zimmermann Group, Inc.

JAMES W. ZUG *3
Retired Audit Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Audit Committee Chair

BENSON F. SMITH
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer

LIAM KELLY
Executive Vice President and
President, International

THOMAS E. POWELL
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

LINDA BENEZE
President, Specialty Division

CARY G. VANCE
President, Anesthesia and
Respiratory Division

JAN VERSTREKEN
President, Asia Pacific

GWEN WATANABE
Vice President, Business
Development and Technical
Resources

ED WEIDNER
Vice President, Strategic Accounts,
Commercial Operations and
Customer Support

JAY WHITE
President, Vascular Division

KAREN BOYLAN
Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
and Quality Assurance, International

GREGG WINTER
Vice President, Tax

JEAN-LUC DIANDA
President, Europe, Middle East
and Africa

INVESTOR
INFORMATION

JOHN DEREN
Vice President of Finance
and Corporate Controller

TIMOTHY DUFFY
Vice President and
Chief Information Officer

GEORGE BABICH, JR. *3
President and Chief Executive
Officer Checkpoint Systems, Inc.

JAKE ELGUICZE
Treasurer and Vice President,
Investor Relations

DR. JEFFREY A. GRAVES *1
President and
Chief Executive Officer
MTS Systems Corporation

DR. STEPHEN K. KLASKO *3
Chief Executive Officer
Thomas Jefferson University
Hospitals System

STUART A. RANDLE *1
President and Chief Executive
Officer GI Dynamics

W. KIM FOSTER *3
Retired Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
FMC Corporation

*Board Committees
1 Compensation
2 Governance
3 Audit

SCOTT ETLINGER
Vice President, Strategic
Manufacturing

JAMES FERGUSON
Vice President, Latin America

CAMERON HICKS
Vice President, Global
Human Resources

TIM KELLEHER
Vice President and General
Manager, OEM

TONY KENNEDY
Senior Vice President,
Global Operations

JAMES J. LEYDEN
Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary

HOWARD MILLER
President, Cardiac Care Division

JUSTIN MCMURRAY
Vice President and General
Manager, Vidacare

MICHAEL TAGGART
Vice President,
Regulatory Affairs /
Quality Assurance

JOHN TUSHAR
President, Surgical Division

ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of shareholders
will take place at 11:00 a.m. on
May 2, 2014 at:

Teleflex Incorporated
550 East Swedesford Road
Wayne, PA 19087

INVESTOR INFORMATION
Market and Ownership
of Common Stock
New York Stock Exchange
Trading Symbol: TFX

INVESTOR RELATIONS
Investors, analysts and others
seeking information about
the company should contact:

Jake Elguicze
Teleflex Incorporated
(610) 948-2836
e-mail: jake.elguicze@teleflex.com
www.teleflex.com

A copy of the Annual Report as filed
with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on Form 10-K, interim
reports on Form 10-Q, and current
reports on Form 8-K can be ac-
cessed on the Investor’s page of the
company’s website or can be mailed
upon request.

TRANSFER AGENT
AND REGISTRAR
Questions concerning transfer
requirements, lost certificates,
dividends, duplicate mailings,
change of address, or other
stockholder matters should be
addressed to:

American Stock Transfer
& Trust Company
6201 15th Ave
Brooklyn, NY 11219
(800) 937-5449 (toll free)

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT
Teleflex Incorporated offers a
dividend reinvestment and direct
stock purchase and sale plan.
For enrollment information,
please contact American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company,
Dividend Reinvestment Department,
1-877-842-1572 (toll free).

CODE OF ETHICS AND
BUSINESS GUIDELINES
All Teleflex businesses around
the world share a common Code
of Ethics, which guides the way
we conduct business. The Code
is available on the Teleflex website
at www.teleflex.com.

CERTIFICATIONS
The certifications by the Chief
Executive Officer and the Chief
Financial Officer of Teleflex
Incorporated required under Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002 have been filed as exhibits
to Teleflex Incorporated’s 2013
Annual Report on Form 10-K. In
addition, in May 2013, the Chief
Executive Officer of Teleflex
Incorporated certified to the New
York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”)
that he is not aware of any violation
by the Company of NYSE corporate
governance listing standards, as
required by Section 303A.12(a)
of the NYSE Corporate Governance
Rules.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
In accordance with the safe harbor
provisions of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995,
the company notes that certain
statements contained in this report
are forward-looking in nature.
These forward-looking statements
include matters such as business
strategies, market potential,
product deployment, future financial
performance and other future-
oriented matters. Such matters
inherently involve many risks and
uncertainties. For additional
information, please refer to the
company’s Securities and Exchange
Commission filings and the Form
10-K included in the Annual Report.

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

550 E. SWEDESFORD ROAD, SUITE 400, WAYNE, PA 19087

610.225.6800 • www.teleflex.com